# Dropbox Component

The Dropbox component makes it easy to upload, download, and manage files and folders within Dropbox.

## Syntax

```text
TcsDropbox
```

## Remarks

The Dropbox component provides a simple interface to working with Dropbox. Capabilities include uploading and downloading files, strong encryption support, creating folders, moving and copying resources, and more.

## Authentication

This component requires authentication via OAuth 2.0. First, perform OAuth authentication using the OAuth property to set the appropriate fields for the chosen [OAuthClientProfile](#oauthclientprofile-property-dropbox-component) and [OAuthGrantType](#oauthgranttype-property-dropbox-component).

The component has the following defaults:

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| Authorization Server URL | "https://www.dropbox.com/oauth2/authorize" |
| Token Server URL | "https://api.dropboxapi.com/oauth2/token" |

Below is a brief description of the different [OAuthClientProfile](#oauthclientprofile-property-dropbox-component) and [OAuthGrantType](#oauthgranttype-property-dropbox-component) values that are supported by this component. For a more in-depth description of what needs to be set, refer to the service documentation.

### Application Profile

This profile encompasses the most basic grant types that OAuth supports. When this profile is set, all the requests and response handling is done by the component. Depending on the grant type, this may involve launching a browser so a user can login to authenticate with a authorization server. It may also involve starting an embedded web server to receive a response from a redirect.

To start the authentication and authorization process, the [Authorize](#authorize-method-dropbox-component) method should be called. If the authorization and authentication was successful, then the [OAuthAccessToken](#oauthaccesstoken-property-dropbox-component) property will be populated. Additionally, if a *refresh token* was provided the [OAuthRefreshToken](#oauthrefreshtoken-property-dropbox-component) property will be populated as well. These values of the fields are for informational purposes. The component will also cache these tokens along with when the [OAuthAccessToken](#oauthaccesstoken-property-dropbox-component) will be expired. When a method that makes requests to the service provider is called or the [Authorize](#authorize-method-dropbox-component) method is called the component will automatically check to see if the *access token* is expired. If it is, it will then automatically try to get a new [OAuthAccessToken](#oauthaccesstoken-property-dropbox-component). If the [Authorize](#authorize-method-dropbox-component) method was not used and user interaction would be required, the component will throw an error which can be caught. When user interaction is needed depends on what grant type is set in the [OAuthGrantType](#oauthgranttype-property-dropbox-component) property. To force the component to only check the *access token* when the [Authorize](#authorize-method-dropbox-component) method is called, the [OAuthAutomaticRefresh](#OAuthAutomaticRefresh) configuration setting can be set to false.

A brief description of the supported values for the [OAuthGrantType](#oauthgranttype-property-dropbox-component) property are below. For more information, see the service documentation.

**Authorization Code**

When using the *Authorization Code* grant type, the component will use an *authorization code* to get an *access token*. For this [OAuthGrantType](#oauthgranttype-property-dropbox-component) the component expects a [OAuthClientId](#oauthclientid-property-dropbox-component), [OAuthClientSecret](#oauthclientsecret-property-dropbox-component), [OAuthServerAuthURL](#oauthserverauthurl-property-dropbox-component), and [OAuthServerTokenURL](#oauthservertokenurl-property-dropbox-component) to be set. When the [Authorize](#authorize-method-dropbox-component) method is called, the component will start the embedded web server and launch the browser so the user can authorize the application. Once the user authorizes, the service provider will redirect them to the embedded web server and the component will parse the *authorization code*, setting the [OAuthAuthorizationCode](#oauthauthorizationcode-property-dropbox-component) property, from the redirect. Immediately, the component will make a request to the token server to exchange the *authorization code* for an *access token*. The token server will return an *access token* and possibly a *refresh token*. If the [OAuthRefreshToken](#oauthrefreshtoken-property-dropbox-component) property is set, or a *refresh token* is cached, then the component will not launch the browser and use the *refresh token* in its request to the token server instead of an *authorization code*.

**Example: **

```csharp
Dropbox dropbox = new Dropbox();

dropbox.OAuth.ClientProfile = CloudOAuthClientProfiles.cocpApplication;
dropbox.OAuth.GrantType = OAuthSettingsGrantTypes.cogtAuthorizationCode;
dropbox.OAuth.ClientId = CLIENT_ID;
dropbox.OAuth.ClientSecret = CLIENT_SECRET;
dropbox.Config("OAuthWebServerPort=PORT"); // http://localhost:PORT needs to be a registered redirect URL for the app

dropbox.Authorize();
```

**Implicit**

Note: This grant type is considered insecure and should only be used when necessary.

When using the *Implicit* grant type, the component will request the authorization server to get an *access token*. For this [OAuthGrantType](#oauthgranttype-property-dropbox-component) the component expects a [OAuthClientId](#oauthclientid-property-dropbox-component), [OAuthClientSecret](#oauthclientsecret-property-dropbox-component), and [OAuthServerAuthURL](#oauthserverauthurl-property-dropbox-component) to be set. When the [Authorize](#authorize-method-dropbox-component) method is called, the component will start the embedded web server and launch the browser so the user can authorize the application. Once the user authorizes, the service provider will redirect them to the embedded web server and the component will parse the *access token* from the redirect.

A disadvantage of the grant type is that can not use a *refresh token* to silently get a new *access token*. Most service providers offer a way to silently get a new *access token*. See the service documentation for specifics. This means the component will not be able to automatically get a fresh token once it expires.

### Web Profile

 This profile is similar to setting the component to the Application profile and Authorization Code grant type except the component will not launch the browser. It is typically used in situations where there is a back-end that is supporting some front end. This profile expects that [OAuthClientId](#oauthclientid-property-dropbox-component), [OAuthClientSecret](#oauthclientsecret-property-dropbox-component), [OAuthServerAuthURL](#oauthserverauthurl-property-dropbox-component), [OAuthServerTokenURL](#oauthservertokenurl-property-dropbox-component), and the [OAuthReturnURL](#oauthreturnurl-property-dropbox-component) properties to be set. Before calling the [Authorize](#authorize-method-dropbox-component) method, the [OAuthWebAuthURL](#oauthwebauthurl-property-dropbox-component) property should be queried to get a URL. This URL should be used to redirect the user to the authorization page for the service provider. The *redirect_uri* parameter of this URL is mapped to the [OAuthReturnURL](#oauthreturnurl-property-dropbox-component) property. The [OAuthReturnURL](#oauthreturnurl-property-dropbox-component) property should be set to some web server that will parse the *authorization code* out of the query parameter from the redirect. Once the *authorization code* is parsed, it should be passed back to the server where it is then set to the [OAuthAuthorizationCode](#oauthauthorizationcode-property-dropbox-component) property. Once that is set, the [Authorize](#authorize-method-dropbox-component) method can be called to exchange the *authorization code* for an *access token* and *refresh token* if provided. The component will then cache these values like normal and use them to make requests. If the [OAuthRefreshToken](#oauthrefreshtoken-property-dropbox-component) field is set, or a *refresh token* is cached, then the [Authorize](#authorize-method-dropbox-component) method can immediately be called to make a request to the token server to get a new *access token*.

### External OAuth Support

 For complex profiles or grant types, or for more control of the flow, it is possible to perform OAuth authentication using a separate OAuth client. Once complete you should have an authorization string which looks like:

```text
Bearer ACCESS_TOKEN_VALUE
```

Assign this value to the [Authorization](#authorization-property-dropbox-component) property before attempting any operations. Setting the [Authorization](#authorization-property-dropbox-component) property will cause the component to ignore the values set in the OAuth property.

 For Example:

```csharp
Oauth oauth = new Oauth();

oauth.GrantType = OauthGrantTypes.ogtAuthorizationCode;

oauth.ClientId = "CLIENT_ID";
oauth.ClientSecret = "CLIENT_SECRET";
oauth.ServerAuthURL = "https://www.dropbox.com/oauth2/authorize";
oauth.ServerTokenURL = "https://api.dropboxapi.com/oauth2/token";
oauth.WebServerPort = PORT; // http://localhost:PORT needs to be a registered redirect URL for the app

dropbox.Authorization = oauth.GetAuthorization();
```

 Consult the documentation for the service for more information about supported scope values and more details on OAuth authentication.

## Addressing Resources

Dropbox typically allows resources to be addressed in multiple ways:

- Using a path (e.g., */path/to/resource.txt*).
- Using a resource Id (e.g, *id:xxxxx*).
- Using an Id-based relative path (e.g., *id:xxxxx/relative/path/test.txt*, where the Id is that of a folder resource).
- For certain methods, using a revision Id (e.g., *rev:xxxxx*).

 The documentation for this component's methods will always note which of the above options are acceptable for each applicable method parameter.

## Listing Resources

[ListResources](#listresources-method-dropbox-component) lists resources within the specified folder. Calling this method will fire the [ResourceList](#resourcelist-event-dropbox-component) event once for each resource, and will also populate the Resources properties.

If there are still more resources available to list when this method returns, the [ResourceMarker](#resourcemarker-property-dropbox-component) property will be populated. Continue to call this method until [ResourceMarker](#resourcemarker-property-dropbox-component) is empty to accumulate all pages of results in the Resources properties. Alternatively, the [AccumulatePages](#AccumulatePages) configuration setting can be disabled to clear the Resources properties every time a page of results is returned.

```text
// ResourceList event handler.
dropbox.OnResourceList += (s, e) => {
  Console.WriteLine(e.Name);
};

do {
  dropbox.ListResources("/work_files/serious_business/cats");

  for (int i = 0; i < dropbox.Resources.Count; i++) {
    // Process resources here.
  }
} while (!string.IsNullOrEmpty(dropbox.ResourceMarker));
```

## Downloading Files

The [DownloadFile](#downloadfile-method-dropbox-component) method downloads file resources.

 If [LocalFile](#localfile-property-dropbox-component) is set, the file will be saved to the specified location; otherwise, the file data will be held by [ResourceData](#resourcedata-property-dropbox-component).

To download and decrypt an encrypted file, set [EncryptionAlgorithm](#encryptionalgorithm-property-dropbox-component) and [EncryptionPassword](#encryptionpassword-property-dropbox-component) before calling this method.

### Download Notes

In the simplest use-case, downloading a file looks like this:

```text
dropbox.LocalFile = "../MyFile.zip";
dropbox.DownloadFile(dropbox.Resources[0].Id);
```

**Resuming Downloads**

The component also supports resuming failed downloads by using the [StartByte](#startbyte-property-dropbox-component) property. If a download is interrupted, set [StartByte](#startbyte-property-dropbox-component) to the appropriate offset before calling this method to resume the download.

```text
string downloadFile = "../MyFile.zip";
dropbox.LocalFile = downloadFile;
dropbox.DownloadFile(dropbox.Resources[0].Id);

//The transfer is interrupted and DownloadFile() above fails. Later, resume the download:

//Get the size of the partially downloaded file
dropbox.StartByte = new FileInfo(downloadFile).Length;
dropbox.DownloadFile(dropbox.Resources[0].Id);
```

**Resuming Encrypted File Downloads**

Resuming encrypted file downloads is only supported when [LocalFile](#localfile-property-dropbox-component) was set in the initial download attempt.

If [LocalFile](#localfile-property-dropbox-component) is set when beginning an encrypted download, the component creates a temporary file in [TempPath](#TempPath) to hold the encrypted data until the download is complete. If the download is interrupted, [DownloadTempFile](#DownloadTempFile) will be populated with the path of the temporary file that holds the partial data.

To resume, [DownloadTempFile](#DownloadTempFile) must be populated, along with [StartByte](#startbyte-property-dropbox-component), to allow the remainder of the encrypted data to be downloaded. Once the encrypted data is downloaded it will be decrypted and written to [LocalFile](#localfile-property-dropbox-component).

```text
dropbox.LocalFile = "../MyFile.zip";
dropbox.EncryptionPassword = "password";
dropbox.DownloadFile(dropbox.Resources[0].Id);

//The transfer is interrupted and DownloadFile() above fails. Later, resume the download:

//Get the size of the partially download temp file
dropbox.StartByte = new FileInfo(dropbox.Config("DownloadTempFile")).Length;
dropbox.DownloadFile(dropbox.Resources[0].Id);
```

## Uploading Files

The [UploadFile](#uploadfile-method-dropbox-component) method uploads new file resources.

 If [LocalFile](#localfile-property-dropbox-component) is set the file will be uploaded from the specified path. If [LocalFile](#localfile-property-dropbox-component) is not set the data in [ResourceData](#resourcedata-property-dropbox-component) will be used.

To encrypt the file before uploading it, set [EncryptionAlgorithm](#encryptionalgorithm-property-dropbox-component) and [EncryptionPassword](#encryptionpassword-property-dropbox-component).

### Upload Notes

Dropbox offers two ways to upload a file. For smaller files a simple upload option is provided to upload data in one request. This is the default option. For larger files, uploads can be fragmented into multiple pieces, allowing resuming of uploads that may be interrupted.

**Simple**

By default the component uses the simple upload mechanism.

```text
dropbox.LocalFile = "../MyFile.zip";
dropbox.UploadFile("/MyFile.zip");
```

**Resumable**

To enable resumable uploads set [UseResumableUpload](#useresumableupload-property-dropbox-component) to *true*. This is recommended for large files. The component will automatically fragment the specified file into smaller pieces and upload each individually. [FragmentSize](#FragmentSize) may be set to specify the size of the fragment if desired. The default fragment size is 10 MB.

When [UseResumableUpload](#useresumableupload-property-dropbox-component) is set to *true* and [UploadFile](#uploadfile-method-dropbox-component) is called, a resumable upload session is started by the component. [UploadSessionId](#uploadsessionid-property-dropbox-component) is populated with a resumable upload session Id identifying the session (this value may be needed for additional operations if the upload does not complete normally).

During a resumable upload, the [FragmentComplete](#fragmentcomplete-event-dropbox-component) event fires after each fragment is uploaded to indicate overall progress. The component also updates [StartByte](#startbyte-property-dropbox-component) as necessary to indicate the current offset in the file.

If the upload is interrupted for any reason, resuming it is easy. First, verify that [UploadSessionId](#uploadsessionid-property-dropbox-component) and [StartByte](#startbyte-property-dropbox-component) are populated (if the same instance of the component is used, they should already be populated, and no special action should be needed). Then call [UploadFile](#uploadfile-method-dropbox-component) again to resume the upload at the specified [StartByte](#startbyte-property-dropbox-component) offset.

Note that if the upload is not resumed after some time the upload session will expire.

```text
dropbox.LocalFile = "../MyFile.zip";
dropbox.UploadFile("MyFile.zip");

//The transfer is interrupted and UploadFile() above fails. Later, resume the download.
//Using the same instance StartByte and ResumeURL are already populated from the previous
//upload attempt.
dropbox.UploadFile("MyFile.zip");
```

## Additional Functionality

The Dropbox component offers advanced functionality beyond simple uploads and downloads. For instance:

- Encrypt and decrypt files using the [EncryptionAlgorithm](#encryptionalgorithm-property-dropbox-component) and [EncryptionPassword](#encryptionpassword-property-dropbox-component) properties.
- Basic file and folder manipulation and organization using methods such as [CopyResource](#copyresource-method-dropbox-component), [CreateFolder](#createfolder-method-dropbox-component), [DeleteResource](#deleteresource-method-dropbox-component), and [MoveResource](#moveresource-method-dropbox-component).
- Support for resource sharing using [CreateLink](#createlink-method-dropbox-component), [ListSharedLinks](#listsharedlinks-method-dropbox-component), and [RevokeLink](#revokelink-method-dropbox-component).
- Change tracking with [ListChanges](#listchanges-method-dropbox-component) and [WaitForChanges](#waitforchanges-method-dropbox-component).
- Advanced resource listing using the [Search](#search-method-dropbox-component) method.
- Retrieval of account and space usage details using [GetAccountInfo](#getaccountinfo-method-dropbox-component).
- File revision handling with [ListRevisions](#listrevisions-method-dropbox-component) and [RestoreResource](#restoreresource-method-dropbox-component).
- And more!

## Property List

*The following is the full list of the properties of the component with short descriptions. Click on the links for further details.*

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| [AccountType](#accounttype-property-dropbox-component) | The account's type. |
| [AccountCountry](#accountcountry-property-dropbox-component) | The country code of the account's user. |
| [AccountDisplayName](#accountdisplayname-property-dropbox-component) | The display name of the account. |
| [AccountEmail](#accountemail-property-dropbox-component) | The email address of the account. |
| [AccountFirstName](#accountfirstname-property-dropbox-component) | The first name of the account's user. |
| [AccountId](#accountid-property-dropbox-component) | The Id of the account. |
| [AccountLastName](#accountlastname-property-dropbox-component) | The last name of the account's user. |
| [AccountTeamId](#accountteamid-property-dropbox-component) | The Id of the account's team. |
| [AccountTeamMemberId](#accountteammemberid-property-dropbox-component) | The team member Id of the account. |
| [AccountTeamName](#accountteamname-property-dropbox-component) | The name of the account's team. |
| [AccountTeamTotalSpace](#accountteamtotalspace-property-dropbox-component) | The total amount of space allocated to the account's team. |
| [AccountTeamUsedSpace](#accountteamusedspace-property-dropbox-component) | The amount of space used by the account's team. |
| [AccountTotalSpace](#accounttotalspace-property-dropbox-component) | The total amount of space allocated to the account. |
| [AccountUsedSpace](#accountusedspace-property-dropbox-component) | The amount of space used by the account. |
| [Authorization](#authorization-property-dropbox-component) | The OAuth 2.0 authorization token. |
| [ChangeMarker](#changemarker-property-dropbox-component) | A marker indicating what page of changes to return next. |
| [DownloadType](#downloadtype-property-dropbox-component) | The download type to use for file resources. |
| [EncryptionAlgorithm](#encryptionalgorithm-property-dropbox-component) | The encryption algorithm. |
| [EncryptionPassword](#encryptionpassword-property-dropbox-component) | The encryption password. |
| [FirewallAutoDetect](#firewallautodetect-property-dropbox-component) | Whether to automatically detect and use firewall system settings, if available. |
| [FirewallType](#firewalltype-property-dropbox-component) | The type of firewall to connect through. |
| [FirewallHost](#firewallhost-property-dropbox-component) | The name or IP address of the firewall (optional). |
| [FirewallPassword](#firewallpassword-property-dropbox-component) | A password if authentication is to be used when connecting through the firewall. |
| [FirewallPort](#firewallport-property-dropbox-component) | The Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) port for the firewall Host . |
| [FirewallUser](#firewalluser-property-dropbox-component) | A username if authentication is to be used when connecting through a firewall. |
| [Idle](#idle-property-dropbox-component) | The current status of the component. |
| [LocalFile](#localfile-property-dropbox-component) | The location of the local file. |
| [LocalHost](#localhost-property-dropbox-component) | The name of the local host or user-assigned IP interface through which connections are initiated or accepted. |
| [NextChangeMarker](#nextchangemarker-property-dropbox-component) | A marker indicating what page of changes to return in the future. |
| [OAuthAccessToken](#oauthaccesstoken-property-dropbox-component) | The access token returned by the authorization server. |
| [OAuthAuthorizationCode](#oauthauthorizationcode-property-dropbox-component) | The authorization code that is exchanged for an access token. |
| [OAuthAuthorizationScope](#oauthauthorizationscope-property-dropbox-component) | The scope request or response parameter used during authorization. |
| [OAuthClientId](#oauthclientid-property-dropbox-component) | The id of the client assigned when registering the application. |
| [OAuthClientProfile](#oauthclientprofile-property-dropbox-component) | The type of client that is requesting authorization. |
| [OAuthClientSecret](#oauthclientsecret-property-dropbox-component) | The secret value for the client assigned when registering the application. |
| [OAuthGrantType](#oauthgranttype-property-dropbox-component) | The OAuth grant type used to acquire an OAuth access token. |
| [OAuthRefreshToken](#oauthrefreshtoken-property-dropbox-component) | Specifies the refresh token received from or sent to the authorization server. |
| [OAuthRequestRefreshToken](#oauthrequestrefreshtoken-property-dropbox-component) | Specifies whether the component will request a refresh token during authorization. |
| [OAuthReturnURL](#oauthreturnurl-property-dropbox-component) | The URL where the user (browser) returns after authenticating. |
| [OAuthServerAuthURL](#oauthserverauthurl-property-dropbox-component) | The URL of the authorization server. |
| [OAuthServerTokenURL](#oauthservertokenurl-property-dropbox-component) | The URL of the token server used to obtain the access token. |
| [OAuthTimeout](#oauthtimeout-property-dropbox-component) | The amount of time (in seconds) the component will wait for a response from the browser in the LaunchBrowser event. |
| [OAuthWebAuthURL](#oauthwebauthurl-property-dropbox-component) | The URL to which the user should be re-directed for authorization. |
| [OtherHeaders](#otherheaders-property-dropbox-component) | Other headers as determined by the user (optional). |
| [Overwrite](#overwrite-property-dropbox-component) | Whether to overwrite the local or remote file. |
| [ParsedHeaderCount](#parsedheadercount-property-dropbox-component) | The number of records in the ParsedHeader arrays. |
| [ParsedHeaderField](#parsedheaderfield-property-dropbox-component) | This property contains the name of the HTTP header (this is the same case as it is delivered). |
| [ParsedHeaderValue](#parsedheadervalue-property-dropbox-component) | This property contains the header contents. |
| [ProxyAuthScheme](#proxyauthscheme-property-dropbox-component) | The type of authorization to perform when connecting to the proxy. |
| [ProxyAutoDetect](#proxyautodetect-property-dropbox-component) | Whether to automatically detect and use proxy system settings, if available. |
| [ProxyPassword](#proxypassword-property-dropbox-component) | A password if authentication is to be used for the proxy. |
| [ProxyPort](#proxyport-property-dropbox-component) | The Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) port for the proxy Server (default 80). |
| [ProxyServer](#proxyserver-property-dropbox-component) | If a proxy Server is given, then the HTTP request is sent to the proxy instead of the server otherwise specified. |
| [ProxySSL](#proxyssl-property-dropbox-component) | When to use a Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) for the connection to the proxy. |
| [ProxyUser](#proxyuser-property-dropbox-component) | A username if authentication is to be used for the proxy. |
| [QueryParamCount](#queryparamcount-property-dropbox-component) | The number of records in the QueryParam arrays. |
| [QueryParamName](#queryparamname-property-dropbox-component) | The name of the query parameter. |
| [QueryParamValue](#queryparamvalue-property-dropbox-component) | The value of the query parameter. |
| [ResourceData](#resourcedata-property-dropbox-component) | The data that was downloaded, or that should be uploaded. |
| [ResourceMarker](#resourcemarker-property-dropbox-component) | A marker indicating what page of resources to return next. |
| [ResourceCount](#resourcecount-property-dropbox-component) | The number of records in the Resource arrays. |
| [ResourceAccessType](#resourceaccesstype-property-dropbox-component) | The type of access the current user has to the resource. |
| [ResourceClientModifiedTime](#resourceclientmodifiedtime-property-dropbox-component) | The client-side last modified timestamp of the file resource. |
| [ResourceDeleted](#resourcedeleted-property-dropbox-component) | Whether the resource has been deleted. |
| [ResourceExportExtension](#resourceexportextension-property-dropbox-component) | The file extension of the file format that the file resource will be exported as. |
| [ResourceHash](#resourcehash-property-dropbox-component) | A hash of the file resource's content. |
| [ResourceId](#resourceid-property-dropbox-component) | The Id of the resource. |
| [ResourceModifiedTime](#resourcemodifiedtime-property-dropbox-component) | The last modified timestamp of the file resource. |
| [ResourceName](#resourcename-property-dropbox-component) | The name of the resource. |
| [ResourceParentShareId](#resourceparentshareid-property-dropbox-component) | The shared folder Id of the resource's parent. |
| [ResourcePath](#resourcepath-property-dropbox-component) | The path of the resource. |
| [ResourceType](#resourcetype-property-dropbox-component) | The resource's type. |
| [ResourceRevision](#resourcerevision-property-dropbox-component) | The revision Id of the file resource. |
| [ResourceShareId](#resourceshareid-property-dropbox-component) | The shared folder Id of the folder resource. |
| [ResourceSize](#resourcesize-property-dropbox-component) | The size of the file resource. |
| [SearchCategories](#searchcategories-property-dropbox-component) | Resource categories to restrict the search to. |
| [SearchFileExtensions](#searchfileextensions-property-dropbox-component) | File extensions to restrict the search to. |
| [SearchKind](#searchkind-property-dropbox-component) | The kind of resources to search for. |
| [SearchMarker](#searchmarker-property-dropbox-component) | A marker indicating what page of search results to return next. |
| [SearchNamesOnly](#searchnamesonly-property-dropbox-component) | Whether to match against resource names only when searching. |
| [SharedLinkMarker](#sharedlinkmarker-property-dropbox-component) | A marker indicating what page of shared links to return next. |
| [SharedLinkCount](#sharedlinkcount-property-dropbox-component) | The number of records in the SharedLink arrays. |
| [SharedLinkCanRevoke](#sharedlinkcanrevoke-property-dropbox-component) | Whether the current user has permission to revoke the link. |
| [SharedLinkExpires](#sharedlinkexpires-property-dropbox-component) | The expiration timestamp of the link. |
| [SharedLinkId](#sharedlinkid-property-dropbox-component) | The Id of the linked resource. |
| [SharedLinkLinkedResourceType](#sharedlinklinkedresourcetype-property-dropbox-component) | The linked resource's type. |
| [SharedLinkName](#sharedlinkname-property-dropbox-component) | The name of the linked resource. |
| [SharedLinkPath](#sharedlinkpath-property-dropbox-component) | The path of the linked resource. |
| [SharedLinkURL](#sharedlinkurl-property-dropbox-component) | The URL of the link. |
| [SharedLinkVisibility](#sharedlinkvisibility-property-dropbox-component) | The visibility of the link. |
| [SSLAcceptServerCertEffectiveDate](#sslacceptservercerteffectivedate-property-dropbox-component) | The date on which this certificate becomes valid. |
| [SSLAcceptServerCertExpirationDate](#sslacceptservercertexpirationdate-property-dropbox-component) | The date on which the certificate expires. |
| [SSLAcceptServerCertExtendedKeyUsage](#sslacceptservercertextendedkeyusage-property-dropbox-component) | A comma-delimited list of extended key usage identifiers. |
| [SSLAcceptServerCertFingerprint](#sslacceptservercertfingerprint-property-dropbox-component) | The hex-encoded, 16-byte MD5 fingerprint of the certificate. |
| [SSLAcceptServerCertFingerprintSHA1](#sslacceptservercertfingerprintsha1-property-dropbox-component) | The hex-encoded, 20-byte SHA-1 fingerprint of the certificate. |
| [SSLAcceptServerCertFingerprintSHA256](#sslacceptservercertfingerprintsha256-property-dropbox-component) | The hex-encoded, 32-byte SHA-256 fingerprint of the certificate. |
| [SSLAcceptServerCertIssuer](#sslacceptservercertissuer-property-dropbox-component) | The issuer of the certificate. |
| [SSLAcceptServerCertPrivateKey](#sslacceptservercertprivatekey-property-dropbox-component) | The private key of the certificate (if available). |
| [SSLAcceptServerCertPrivateKeyAvailable](#sslacceptservercertprivatekeyavailable-property-dropbox-component) | Whether a PrivateKey is available for the selected certificate. |
| [SSLAcceptServerCertPrivateKeyContainer](#sslacceptservercertprivatekeycontainer-property-dropbox-component) | The name of the PrivateKey container for the certificate (if available). |
| [SSLAcceptServerCertPublicKey](#sslacceptservercertpublickey-property-dropbox-component) | The public key of the certificate. |
| [SSLAcceptServerCertPublicKeyAlgorithm](#sslacceptservercertpublickeyalgorithm-property-dropbox-component) | The textual description of the certificate's public key algorithm. |
| [SSLAcceptServerCertPublicKeyLength](#sslacceptservercertpublickeylength-property-dropbox-component) | The length of the certificate's public key (in bits). |
| [SSLAcceptServerCertSerialNumber](#sslacceptservercertserialnumber-property-dropbox-component) | The serial number of the certificate encoded as a string. |
| [SSLAcceptServerCertSignatureAlgorithm](#sslacceptservercertsignaturealgorithm-property-dropbox-component) | The text description of the certificate's signature algorithm. |
| [SSLAcceptServerCertStore](#sslacceptservercertstore-property-dropbox-component) | The name of the certificate store for the client certificate. |
| [SSLAcceptServerCertStorePassword](#sslacceptservercertstorepassword-property-dropbox-component) | If the type of certificate store requires a password, this property is used to specify the password needed to open the certificate store. |
| [SSLAcceptServerCertStoreType](#sslacceptservercertstoretype-property-dropbox-component) | The type of certificate store for this certificate. |
| [SSLAcceptServerCertSubjectAltNames](#sslacceptservercertsubjectaltnames-property-dropbox-component) | Comma-separated lists of alternative subject names for the certificate. |
| [SSLAcceptServerCertThumbprintMD5](#sslacceptservercertthumbprintmd5-property-dropbox-component) | The MD5 hash of the certificate. |
| [SSLAcceptServerCertThumbprintSHA1](#sslacceptservercertthumbprintsha1-property-dropbox-component) | The SHA-1 hash of the certificate. |
| [SSLAcceptServerCertThumbprintSHA256](#sslacceptservercertthumbprintsha256-property-dropbox-component) | The SHA-256 hash of the certificate. |
| [SSLAcceptServerCertUsage](#sslacceptservercertusage-property-dropbox-component) | The text description of UsageFlags . |
| [SSLAcceptServerCertUsageFlags](#sslacceptservercertusageflags-property-dropbox-component) | The flags that show intended use for the certificate. |
| [SSLAcceptServerCertVersion](#sslacceptservercertversion-property-dropbox-component) | The certificate's version number. |
| [SSLAcceptServerCertSubject](#sslacceptservercertsubject-property-dropbox-component) | The subject of the certificate used for client authentication. |
| [SSLAcceptServerCertEncoded](#sslacceptservercertencoded-property-dropbox-component) | The certificate (PEM/Base64 encoded). |
| [SSLCertEffectiveDate](#sslcerteffectivedate-property-dropbox-component) | The date on which this certificate becomes valid. |
| [SSLCertExpirationDate](#sslcertexpirationdate-property-dropbox-component) | The date on which the certificate expires. |
| [SSLCertExtendedKeyUsage](#sslcertextendedkeyusage-property-dropbox-component) | A comma-delimited list of extended key usage identifiers. |
| [SSLCertFingerprint](#sslcertfingerprint-property-dropbox-component) | The hex-encoded, 16-byte MD5 fingerprint of the certificate. |
| [SSLCertFingerprintSHA1](#sslcertfingerprintsha1-property-dropbox-component) | The hex-encoded, 20-byte SHA-1 fingerprint of the certificate. |
| [SSLCertFingerprintSHA256](#sslcertfingerprintsha256-property-dropbox-component) | The hex-encoded, 32-byte SHA-256 fingerprint of the certificate. |
| [SSLCertIssuer](#sslcertissuer-property-dropbox-component) | The issuer of the certificate. |
| [SSLCertPrivateKey](#sslcertprivatekey-property-dropbox-component) | The private key of the certificate (if available). |
| [SSLCertPrivateKeyAvailable](#sslcertprivatekeyavailable-property-dropbox-component) | Whether a PrivateKey is available for the selected certificate. |
| [SSLCertPrivateKeyContainer](#sslcertprivatekeycontainer-property-dropbox-component) | The name of the PrivateKey container for the certificate (if available). |
| [SSLCertPublicKey](#sslcertpublickey-property-dropbox-component) | The public key of the certificate. |
| [SSLCertPublicKeyAlgorithm](#sslcertpublickeyalgorithm-property-dropbox-component) | The textual description of the certificate's public key algorithm. |
| [SSLCertPublicKeyLength](#sslcertpublickeylength-property-dropbox-component) | The length of the certificate's public key (in bits). |
| [SSLCertSerialNumber](#sslcertserialnumber-property-dropbox-component) | The serial number of the certificate encoded as a string. |
| [SSLCertSignatureAlgorithm](#sslcertsignaturealgorithm-property-dropbox-component) | The text description of the certificate's signature algorithm. |
| [SSLCertStore](#sslcertstore-property-dropbox-component) | The name of the certificate store for the client certificate. |
| [SSLCertStorePassword](#sslcertstorepassword-property-dropbox-component) | If the type of certificate store requires a password, this property is used to specify the password needed to open the certificate store. |
| [SSLCertStoreType](#sslcertstoretype-property-dropbox-component) | The type of certificate store for this certificate. |
| [SSLCertSubjectAltNames](#sslcertsubjectaltnames-property-dropbox-component) | Comma-separated lists of alternative subject names for the certificate. |
| [SSLCertThumbprintMD5](#sslcertthumbprintmd5-property-dropbox-component) | The MD5 hash of the certificate. |
| [SSLCertThumbprintSHA1](#sslcertthumbprintsha1-property-dropbox-component) | The SHA-1 hash of the certificate. |
| [SSLCertThumbprintSHA256](#sslcertthumbprintsha256-property-dropbox-component) | The SHA-256 hash of the certificate. |
| [SSLCertUsage](#sslcertusage-property-dropbox-component) | The text description of UsageFlags . |
| [SSLCertUsageFlags](#sslcertusageflags-property-dropbox-component) | The flags that show intended use for the certificate. |
| [SSLCertVersion](#sslcertversion-property-dropbox-component) | The certificate's version number. |
| [SSLCertSubject](#sslcertsubject-property-dropbox-component) | The subject of the certificate used for client authentication. |
| [SSLCertEncoded](#sslcertencoded-property-dropbox-component) | The certificate (PEM/Base64 encoded). |
| [SSLProvider](#sslprovider-property-dropbox-component) | The Secure Sockets Layer/Transport Layer Security (SSL/TLS) implementation to use. |
| [SSLServerCertEffectiveDate](#sslservercerteffectivedate-property-dropbox-component) | The date on which this certificate becomes valid. |
| [SSLServerCertExpirationDate](#sslservercertexpirationdate-property-dropbox-component) | The date on which the certificate expires. |
| [SSLServerCertExtendedKeyUsage](#sslservercertextendedkeyusage-property-dropbox-component) | A comma-delimited list of extended key usage identifiers. |
| [SSLServerCertFingerprint](#sslservercertfingerprint-property-dropbox-component) | The hex-encoded, 16-byte MD5 fingerprint of the certificate. |
| [SSLServerCertFingerprintSHA1](#sslservercertfingerprintsha1-property-dropbox-component) | The hex-encoded, 20-byte SHA-1 fingerprint of the certificate. |
| [SSLServerCertFingerprintSHA256](#sslservercertfingerprintsha256-property-dropbox-component) | The hex-encoded, 32-byte SHA-256 fingerprint of the certificate. |
| [SSLServerCertIssuer](#sslservercertissuer-property-dropbox-component) | The issuer of the certificate. |
| [SSLServerCertPrivateKey](#sslservercertprivatekey-property-dropbox-component) | The private key of the certificate (if available). |
| [SSLServerCertPrivateKeyAvailable](#sslservercertprivatekeyavailable-property-dropbox-component) | Whether a PrivateKey is available for the selected certificate. |
| [SSLServerCertPrivateKeyContainer](#sslservercertprivatekeycontainer-property-dropbox-component) | The name of the PrivateKey container for the certificate (if available). |
| [SSLServerCertPublicKey](#sslservercertpublickey-property-dropbox-component) | The public key of the certificate. |
| [SSLServerCertPublicKeyAlgorithm](#sslservercertpublickeyalgorithm-property-dropbox-component) | The textual description of the certificate's public key algorithm. |
| [SSLServerCertPublicKeyLength](#sslservercertpublickeylength-property-dropbox-component) | The length of the certificate's public key (in bits). |
| [SSLServerCertSerialNumber](#sslservercertserialnumber-property-dropbox-component) | The serial number of the certificate encoded as a string. |
| [SSLServerCertSignatureAlgorithm](#sslservercertsignaturealgorithm-property-dropbox-component) | The text description of the certificate's signature algorithm. |
| [SSLServerCertStore](#sslservercertstore-property-dropbox-component) | The name of the certificate store for the client certificate. |
| [SSLServerCertStorePassword](#sslservercertstorepassword-property-dropbox-component) | If the type of certificate store requires a password, this property is used to specify the password needed to open the certificate store. |
| [SSLServerCertStoreType](#sslservercertstoretype-property-dropbox-component) | The type of certificate store for this certificate. |
| [SSLServerCertSubjectAltNames](#sslservercertsubjectaltnames-property-dropbox-component) | Comma-separated lists of alternative subject names for the certificate. |
| [SSLServerCertThumbprintMD5](#sslservercertthumbprintmd5-property-dropbox-component) | The MD5 hash of the certificate. |
| [SSLServerCertThumbprintSHA1](#sslservercertthumbprintsha1-property-dropbox-component) | The SHA-1 hash of the certificate. |
| [SSLServerCertThumbprintSHA256](#sslservercertthumbprintsha256-property-dropbox-component) | The SHA-256 hash of the certificate. |
| [SSLServerCertUsage](#sslservercertusage-property-dropbox-component) | The text description of UsageFlags . |
| [SSLServerCertUsageFlags](#sslservercertusageflags-property-dropbox-component) | The flags that show intended use for the certificate. |
| [SSLServerCertVersion](#sslservercertversion-property-dropbox-component) | The certificate's version number. |
| [SSLServerCertSubject](#sslservercertsubject-property-dropbox-component) | The subject of the certificate used for client authentication. |
| [SSLServerCertEncoded](#sslservercertencoded-property-dropbox-component) | The certificate (PEM/Base64 encoded). |
| [StartByte](#startbyte-property-dropbox-component) | The byte offset from which to start the upload or download. |
| [Timeout](#timeout-property-dropbox-component) | The timeout for the component. |
| [UploadSessionId](#uploadsessionid-property-dropbox-component) | The Id of the resumable upload session. |
| [UseResumableUpload](#useresumableupload-property-dropbox-component) | Whether to use resumable uploads. |

## Method List

*The following is the full list of the methods of the component with short descriptions. Click on the links for further details.*

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| [AddQueryParam](#addqueryparam-method-dropbox-component) | Adds a query parameter to the QueryParams properties. |
| [Authorize](#authorize-method-dropbox-component) | Get the authorization string required to access the protected resource. |
| [Config](#config-method-dropbox-component) | Sets or retrieves a configuration setting. |
| [CopyResource](#copyresource-method-dropbox-component) | Copies a resource. |
| [CreateFolder](#createfolder-method-dropbox-component) | Creates a new folder resource. |
| [CreateLink](#createlink-method-dropbox-component) | Creates a shared link for a resource. |
| [DeleteResource](#deleteresource-method-dropbox-component) | Deletes a resource. |
| [DownloadFile](#downloadfile-method-dropbox-component) | Downloads a file resource. |
| [GetAccountInfo](#getaccountinfo-method-dropbox-component) | Gets information about the current user's account and space usage. |
| [GetCurrentChangeMarker](#getcurrentchangemarker-method-dropbox-component) | Gets the most current change marker. |
| [GetResourceInfo](#getresourceinfo-method-dropbox-component) | Gets information about a specific resource. |
| [Interrupt](#interrupt-method-dropbox-component) | This method interrupts the current method. |
| [ListChanges](#listchanges-method-dropbox-component) | Lists changes to resources. |
| [ListResources](#listresources-method-dropbox-component) | Lists resources. |
| [ListRevisions](#listrevisions-method-dropbox-component) | Lists revisions for a file path or file resource Id. |
| [ListSharedLinks](#listsharedlinks-method-dropbox-component) | Lists shared links created by the current user. |
| [MoveResource](#moveresource-method-dropbox-component) | Moves a resource. |
| [Reset](#reset-method-dropbox-component) | Resets the component to its initial state. |
| [RestoreResource](#restoreresource-method-dropbox-component) | Restores a given file resource revision. |
| [RevokeLink](#revokelink-method-dropbox-component) | Revokes a shared link. |
| [Search](#search-method-dropbox-component) | Searches for resources. |
| [SendCustomRequest](#sendcustomrequest-method-dropbox-component) | Sends a custom request to the Dropbox API. |
| [UploadFile](#uploadfile-method-dropbox-component) | Uploads a file resource. |
| [WaitForChanges](#waitforchanges-method-dropbox-component) | Waits a certain amount of time for changes to occur. |

## Event List

*The following is the full list of the events fired by the component with short descriptions. Click on the links for further details.*

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| [EndTransfer](#endtransfer-event-dropbox-component) | Fired when a document finishes transferring. |
| [Error](#error-event-dropbox-component) | Fired when information is available about errors during data delivery. |
| [FragmentComplete](#fragmentcomplete-event-dropbox-component) | Fires after each fragment of a resumable upload is completed. |
| [Header](#header-event-dropbox-component) | Fired every time a header line comes in. |
| [Log](#log-event-dropbox-component) | Fired once for each log message. |
| [Progress](#progress-event-dropbox-component) | Fires during an upload or download to indicate transfer progress. |
| [ResourceList](#resourcelist-event-dropbox-component) | Fires once for each resource returned when listing resources, changes, or revisions. |
| [SharedLinkList](#sharedlinklist-event-dropbox-component) | Fires once for each shared link returned when listing shared links. |
| [SSLServerAuthentication](#sslserverauthentication-event-dropbox-component) | Fired after the server presents its certificate to the client. |
| [SSLStatus](#sslstatus-event-dropbox-component) | Fired when secure connection progress messages are available. |
| [StartTransfer](#starttransfer-event-dropbox-component) | Fired when a document starts transferring (after the headers). |
| [Transfer](#transfer-event-dropbox-component) | Fired while a document transfers (delivers document). |

## Config Settings

*The following is a list of config settings for the component with short descriptions. Click on the links for further details.*

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| [AccountHomeNamespace](#AccountHomeNamespace) | The current user's home namespace Id. |
| [AccountHomePath](#AccountHomePath) | The path for the current user's home directory, if their account is part of a team. |
| [AccountRootNamespace](#AccountRootNamespace) | The current user's root namespace Id. |
| [AccumulatePages](#AccumulatePages) | Whether the component should accumulate subsequent pages of results when listing them. |
| [AddDropboxPathHeaders](#AddDropboxPathHeaders) | Controls whether Dropbox path headers are included in requests. |
| [AllowCopySharedFolders](#AllowCopySharedFolders) | Whether to allow the copying of shared folders or their contents. |
| [AllowFolderDownloads](#AllowFolderDownloads) | Whether to allow folder downloading. |
| [AllowOwnershipTransfers](#AllowOwnershipTransfers) | Whether to allow move operations that would result in ownership transfers. |
| [ClientModifiedTime](#ClientModifiedTime) | The client-side last modified time. |
| [CreateLinkExpiration](#CreateLinkExpiration) | The expiration date to assign to the link. |
| [CreateLinkPassword](#CreateLinkPassword) | The password to protect the link with. |
| [CreateLinkVisibility](#CreateLinkVisibility) | The visibility to create links with. |
| [DateFormat](#DateFormat) | The format to use for date and time. |
| [DownloadTempFile](#DownloadTempFile) | The temporary file used when downloading encrypted data. |
| [DropboxNamespacePath](#DropboxNamespacePath) | Specifies the namespace that is used for Dropbox API requests. |
| [DropboxRootPath](#DropboxRootPath) | Specifies the expected root for Dropbox API requests. |
| [EncryptionIV](#EncryptionIV) | The initialization vector to be used for encryption/decryption. |
| [EncryptionKey](#EncryptionKey) | The key to use during encryption/decryption. |
| [EncryptionPasswordKDF](#EncryptionPasswordKDF) | The KDF algorithm to use during password based encryption and decryption. |
| [FragmentSize](#FragmentSize) | The fragment size. |
| [IfRevision](#IfRevision) | A revision Id, used to modify certain requests. |
| [IncludeDeleted](#IncludeDeleted) | Whether deleted resources should be included in the results. |
| [IncludeMounted](#IncludeMounted) | Whether to include resources in mounted folders in the results. |
| [ListRevisionsMode](#ListRevisionsMode) | Controls the revision listing mode that the server should use. |
| [MaxResults](#MaxResults) | Limits the number of resource and change results. |
| [MaxRevisionResults](#MaxRevisionResults) | Limits the number of revision results. |
| [MaxSearchResults](#MaxSearchResults) | Limits the number of search results. |
| [MuteFileUploads](#MuteFileUploads) | Whether the server should suppress file change notifications. |
| [PermanentlyDelete](#PermanentlyDelete) | Whether resources should be permanently deleted (Dropbox Business only). |
| [ProgressAbsolute](#ProgressAbsolute) | Whether the component should track transfer progress absolutely. |
| [ProgressStep](#ProgressStep) | How often the progress event should be fired, in terms of percentage. |
| [RawRequest](#RawRequest) | Returns the data that was sent to the server. |
| [RawResponse](#RawResponse) | Returns the data that was received from the server. |
| [RecurseSubfolders](#RecurseSubfolders) | Whether to recursively list all resources within the specified folder. |
| [RenameIfExists](#RenameIfExists) | Whether to rename newly-created resources in the event of a name conflict. |
| [TempPath](#TempPath) | The path to the directory where temporary files are created. |
| [ThumbnailFormat](#ThumbnailFormat) | The image format thumbnails should be downloaded in. |
| [ThumbnailMode](#ThumbnailMode) | The mode the server should use to create thumbnails. |
| [ThumbnailSize](#ThumbnailSize) | The thumbnail output size. |
| [XChildCount](#XChildCount) | The number of child elements of the current element. |
| [XChildName\[i\]](#XChildName[i]) | The name of the child element. |
| [XChildXText\[i\]](#XChildXText[i]) | The inner text of the child element. |
| [XElement](#XElement) | The name of the current element. |
| [XParent](#XParent) | The parent of the current element. |
| [XPath](#XPath) | Provides a way to point to a specific element in the returned XML or JSON response. |
| [XSubTree](#XSubTree) | A snapshot of the current element in the document. |
| [XText](#XText) | The text of the current element. |
| [OAuthAccessTokenExpiration](#OAuthAccessTokenExpiration) | The lifetime of the access token. |
| [OAuthAuthorizationTokenType](#OAuthAuthorizationTokenType) | The type of access token returned. |
| [OAuthAutomaticRefresh](#OAuthAutomaticRefresh) | Whether or not to refresh an expired access token automatically. |
| [OAuthBrowserResponseTimeout](#OAuthBrowserResponseTimeout) | Specifies the amount of time to wait for a response from the browser. |
| [OAuthIncludeEmptyRedirectURI](#OAuthIncludeEmptyRedirectURI) | Whether an empty redirect_uri parameter is included in requests. |
| [OAuthJWTPayload](#OAuthJWTPayload) | The payload of the JWT access token if present. |
| [OAuthJWTXChildCount](#OAuthJWTXChildCount) | The number of child elements of the current element. |
| [OauthJWTXChildName\[i\]](#OauthJWTXChildName[i]) | The name of the child element. |
| [OAuthJWTXChildXText\[i\]](#OAuthJWTXChildXText[i]) | The inner text of the child element. |
| [OAuthJWTXElement](#OAuthJWTXElement) | The name of the current element. |
| [OauthJWTXParent](#OauthJWTXParent) | The parent of the current element. |
| [OAuthJWTXPath](#OAuthJWTXPath) | Provides a way to point to a specific element in the returned payload of a JWT based access token. |
| [OAuthJWTXSubTree](#OAuthJWTXSubTree) | A snapshot of the current element in the document. |
| [OAuthJWTXText](#OAuthJWTXText) | The text of the current element. |
| [OAuthParamCount](#OAuthParamCount) | Specifies the number of additional parameters variables to include in the request. |
| [OAuthParamName\[i\]](#OAuthParamName[i]) | Specifies the parameter name at the specified index. |
| [OAuthParamValue\[i\]](#OAuthParamValue[i]) | Specifies the parameter value at the specified index. |
| [OAuthPasswordGrantUsername](#OAuthPasswordGrantUsername) | Used in the Resource Owner Password grant type. |
| [OAuthPKCEChallengeEncoding](#OAuthPKCEChallengeEncoding) | The PKCE code challenge method to use. |
| [OAuthPKCEVerifier](#OAuthPKCEVerifier) | The PKCE verifier used to generate the challenge. |
| [OAuthResetData](#OAuthResetData) | Determines if the Reset method applies to the OAuth settings. |
| [OAuthReUseWebServer](#OAuthReUseWebServer) | Determines if the same server instance is used between requests. |
| [OAuthTransferredRequest](#OAuthTransferredRequest) | The full OAuth request last sent by the client. |
| [OAuthUsePKCE](#OAuthUsePKCE) | Specifies if PKCE should be used. |
| [OAuthWebServerActive](#OAuthWebServerActive) | Specifies and controls whether the embedded web server is active. |
| [OAuthWebServerCertStore](#OAuthWebServerCertStore) | The certificate with private key to use when SSL is enabled. |
| [OAuthWebServerCertStorePassword](#OAuthWebServerCertStorePassword) | The certificate with private key to use when SSL is enabled. |
| [OAuthWebServerCertStoreType](#OAuthWebServerCertStoreType) | The certificate with private key to use when SSL is enabled. |
| [OAuthWebServerCertSubject](#OAuthWebServerCertSubject) | The certificate with private key to use when SSL is enabled. |
| [OAuthWebServerFailedResponse](#OAuthWebServerFailedResponse) | The custom response that will be displayed to the user if authentication failed. |
| [OAuthWebServerHost](#OAuthWebServerHost) | The hostname used by the embedded web server displayed in the ReturnURL. |
| [OAuthWebServerPort](#OAuthWebServerPort) | The local port on which the embedded web server listens. |
| [OAuthWebServerResponse](#OAuthWebServerResponse) | The custom response that will be displayed to the user. |
| [OAuthWebServerSSLEnabled](#OAuthWebServerSSLEnabled) | Whether the web server requires SSL connections. |
| [AcceptEncoding](#AcceptEncoding) | Used to tell the server which types of content encodings the client supports. |
| [AllowHTTPCompression](#AllowHTTPCompression) | This property enables HTTP compression for receiving data. |
| [AllowHTTPFallback](#AllowHTTPFallback) | Whether HTTP/2 connections are permitted to fallback to HTTP/1.1. |
| [Append](#Append) | Whether to append data to LocalFile. |
| [Authorization](#Authorization) | The Authorization string to be sent to the server. |
| [BytesTransferred](#BytesTransferred) | Contains the number of bytes transferred in the response data. |
| [ChunkSize](#ChunkSize) | Specifies the chunk size in bytes when using chunked encoding. |
| [CompressHTTPRequest](#CompressHTTPRequest) | Set to true to compress the body of a PUT or POST request. |
| [EncodeURL](#EncodeURL) | If set to True the URL will be encoded by the component. |
| [FollowRedirects](#FollowRedirects) | Determines what happens when the server issues a redirect. |
| [GetOn302Redirect](#GetOn302Redirect) | If set to True the component will perform a GET on the new location. |
| [HTTP2HeadersWithoutIndexing](#HTTP2HeadersWithoutIndexing) | HTTP2 headers that should not update the dynamic header table with incremental indexing. |
| [HTTPVersion](#HTTPVersion) | The version of HTTP used by the component. |
| [IfModifiedSince](#IfModifiedSince) | A date determining the maximum age of the desired document. |
| [KeepAlive](#KeepAlive) | Determines whether the HTTP connection is closed after completion of the request. |
| [KerberosSPN](#KerberosSPN) | The Service Principal Name for the Kerberos Domain Controller. |
| [LogLevel](#LogLevel) | The level of detail that is logged. |
| [MaxRedirectAttempts](#MaxRedirectAttempts) | Limits the number of redirects that are followed in a request. |
| [NegotiatedHTTPVersion](#NegotiatedHTTPVersion) | The negotiated HTTP version. |
| [OtherHeaders](#OtherHeaders) | Other headers as determined by the user (optional). |
| [ProxyAuthorization](#ProxyAuthorization) | The authorization string to be sent to the proxy server. |
| [ProxyAuthScheme](#ProxyAuthScheme) | The authorization scheme to be used for the proxy. |
| [ProxyPassword](#ProxyPassword) | A password if authentication is to be used for the proxy. |
| [ProxyPort](#ProxyPort) | Port for the proxy server (default 80). |
| [ProxyServer](#ProxyServer) | Name or IP address of a proxy server (optional). |
| [ProxyUser](#ProxyUser) | A user name if authentication is to be used for the proxy. |
| [SentHeaders](#SentHeaders) | The full set of headers as sent by the client. |
| [StatusCode](#StatusCode) | The status code of the last response from the server. |
| [StatusLine](#StatusLine) | The first line of the last response from the server. |
| [TransferredData](#TransferredData) | The contents of the last response from the server. |
| [TransferredDataLimit](#TransferredDataLimit) | The maximum number of incoming bytes to be stored by the component. |
| [TransferredHeaders](#TransferredHeaders) | The full set of headers as received from the server. |
| [TransferredRequest](#TransferredRequest) | The full request as sent by the client. |
| [UseChunkedEncoding](#UseChunkedEncoding) | Enables or Disables HTTP chunked encoding for transfers. |
| [UseIDNs](#UseIDNs) | Whether to encode hostnames to internationalized domain names. |
| [UseProxyAutoConfigURL](#UseProxyAutoConfigURL) | Whether to use a Proxy auto-config file when attempting a connection. |
| [UserAgent](#UserAgent) | Information about the user agent (browser). |
| [ConnectionTimeout](#ConnectionTimeout) | Sets a separate timeout value for establishing a connection. |
| [FirewallAutoDetect](#FirewallAutoDetect) | Tells the component whether or not to automatically detect and use firewall system settings, if available. |
| [FirewallHost](#FirewallHost) | Name or IP address of firewall (optional). |
| [FirewallHTTPVersion](#FirewallHTTPVersion) | The HTTP version to be used when connecting through a tunneling proxy. |
| [FirewallPassword](#FirewallPassword) | Password to be used if authentication is to be used when connecting through the firewall. |
| [FirewallPort](#FirewallPort) | The TCP port for the FirewallHost;. |
| [FirewallType](#FirewallType) | Determines the type of firewall to connect through. |
| [FirewallUser](#FirewallUser) | A user name if authentication is to be used connecting through a firewall. |
| [KeepAliveInterval](#KeepAliveInterval) | The retry interval, in milliseconds, to be used when a TCP keep-alive packet is sent and no response is received. |
| [KeepAliveTime](#KeepAliveTime) | The inactivity time in milliseconds before a TCP keep-alive packet is sent. |
| [Linger](#Linger) | When set to True, connections are terminated gracefully. |
| [LingerTime](#LingerTime) | Time in seconds to have the connection linger. |
| [LocalHost](#LocalHost) | The name of the local host through which connections are initiated or accepted. |
| [LocalPort](#LocalPort) | The port in the local host where the component binds. |
| [MaxLineLength](#MaxLineLength) | The maximum amount of data to accumulate when no EOL is found. |
| [MaxTransferRate](#MaxTransferRate) | The transfer rate limit in bytes per second. |
| [ProxyExceptionsList](#ProxyExceptionsList) | A semicolon separated list of hosts and IPs to bypass when using a proxy. |
| [TCPKeepAlive](#TCPKeepAlive) | Determines whether or not the keep alive socket option is enabled. |
| [TcpNoDelay](#TcpNoDelay) | Whether or not to delay when sending packets. |
| [UseIPv6](#UseIPv6) | Whether to use IPv6. |
| [UseNTLMv2](#UseNTLMv2) | Whether to use NTLM V2. |
| [LogSSLPackets](#LogSSLPackets) | Controls whether SSL packets are logged when using the internal security API. |
| [OpenSSLCADir](#OpenSSLCADir) | The path to a directory containing CA certificates. |
| [OpenSSLCAFile](#OpenSSLCAFile) | Name of the file containing the list of CA's trusted by your application. |
| [OpenSSLCipherList](#OpenSSLCipherList) | A string that controls the ciphers to be used by SSL. |
| [OpenSSLPrngSeedData](#OpenSSLPrngSeedData) | The data to seed the pseudo random number generator (PRNG). |
| [ReuseSSLSession](#ReuseSSLSession) | Determines if the SSL session is reused. |
| [SSLCACerts](#SSLCACerts) | A newline separated list of CA certificates to be included when performing an SSL handshake. |
| [SSLCheckCRL](#SSLCheckCRL) | Whether to check the Certificate Revocation List for the server certificate. |
| [SSLCheckOCSP](#SSLCheckOCSP) | Whether to use OCSP to check the status of the server certificate. |
| [SSLCipherStrength](#SSLCipherStrength) | The minimum cipher strength used for bulk encryption. |
| [SSLClientCACerts](#SSLClientCACerts) | A newline separated list of CA certificates to use during SSL client certificate validation. |
| [SSLEnabledCipherSuites](#SSLEnabledCipherSuites) | The cipher suite to be used in an SSL negotiation. |
| [SSLEnabledProtocols](#SSLEnabledProtocols) | Used to enable/disable the supported security protocols. |
| [SSLEnableRenegotiation](#SSLEnableRenegotiation) | Whether the renegotiation_info SSL extension is supported. |
| [SSLIncludeCertChain](#SSLIncludeCertChain) | Whether the entire certificate chain is included in the SSLServerAuthentication event. |
| [SSLKeyLogFile](#SSLKeyLogFile) | The location of a file where per-session secrets are written for debugging purposes. |
| [SSLNegotiatedCipher](#SSLNegotiatedCipher) | Returns the negotiated cipher suite. |
| [SSLNegotiatedCipherStrength](#SSLNegotiatedCipherStrength) | Returns the negotiated cipher suite strength. |
| [SSLNegotiatedCipherSuite](#SSLNegotiatedCipherSuite) | Returns the negotiated cipher suite. |
| [SSLNegotiatedKeyExchange](#SSLNegotiatedKeyExchange) | Returns the negotiated key exchange algorithm. |
| [SSLNegotiatedKeyExchangeStrength](#SSLNegotiatedKeyExchangeStrength) | Returns the negotiated key exchange algorithm strength. |
| [SSLNegotiatedVersion](#SSLNegotiatedVersion) | Returns the negotiated protocol version. |
| [SSLSecurityFlags](#SSLSecurityFlags) | Flags that control certificate verification. |
| [SSLServerCACerts](#SSLServerCACerts) | A newline separated list of CA certificates to use during SSL server certificate validation. |
| [TLS12SignatureAlgorithms](#TLS12SignatureAlgorithms) | Defines the allowed TLS 1.2 signature algorithms when SSLProvider is set to Internal. |
| [TLS12SupportedGroups](#TLS12SupportedGroups) | The supported groups for ECC. |
| [TLS13KeyShareGroups](#TLS13KeyShareGroups) | The groups for which to pregenerate key shares. |
| [TLS13SignatureAlgorithms](#TLS13SignatureAlgorithms) | The allowed certificate signature algorithms. |
| [TLS13SupportedGroups](#TLS13SupportedGroups) | The supported groups for (EC)DHE key exchange. |
| [AbsoluteTimeout](#AbsoluteTimeout) | Determines whether timeouts are inactivity timeouts or absolute timeouts. |
| [FirewallData](#FirewallData) | Used to send extra data to the firewall. |
| [InBufferSize](#InBufferSize) | The size in bytes of the incoming queue of the socket. |
| [OutBufferSize](#OutBufferSize) | The size in bytes of the outgoing queue of the socket. |
| [BuildInfo](#BuildInfo) | Information about the product's build. |
| [CodePage](#CodePage) | The system code page used for Unicode to Multibyte translations. |
| [LicenseInfo](#LicenseInfo) | Information about the current license. |
| [MaskSensitiveData](#MaskSensitiveData) | Whether sensitive data is masked in log messages. |
| [UseFIPSCompliantAPI](#UseFIPSCompliantAPI) | Tells the component whether or not to use FIPS certified APIs. |
| [UseInternalSecurityAPI](#UseInternalSecurityAPI) | Whether or not to use the system security libraries or an internal implementation. |

# AccountType Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The account's type.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property TcsDropboxAccountTypes AccountType = { read=FAccountType };
enum TcsDropboxAccountTypes {
  atBasic=0,
  atPro=1,
  atBusiness=2
};
```

## Default Value

atBasic

## Remarks

The account's type.

This property reflects the account's type. Possible values are:

- 0 (atBasic)
- 1 (atPro)
- 2 (atBusiness)

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

Integer

# AccountCountry Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The country code of the account's user.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String AccountCountry = { read=FAccountCountry };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The country code of the account's user.

This property reflects the two-letter country code of the account's user, if available. Country codes are based on ISO 3166-1.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# AccountDisplayName Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The display name of the account.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String AccountDisplayName = { read=FAccountDisplayName };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The display name of the account.

This property reflects the display name of the account itself.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# AccountEmail Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The email address of the account.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String AccountEmail = { read=FAccountEmail };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The email address of the account.

This property reflects the email address associated with the account.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# AccountFirstName Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The first name of the account's user.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String AccountFirstName = { read=FAccountFirstName };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The first name of the account's user.

This property reflects the account user's first name.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# AccountId Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The Id of the account.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String AccountId = { read=FAccountId };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The Id of the account.

This property reflects the Id of the account.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# AccountLastName Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The last name of the account's user.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String AccountLastName = { read=FAccountLastName };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The last name of the account's user.

This property reflects the account user's last name.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# AccountTeamId Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The Id of the account's team.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String AccountTeamId = { read=FAccountTeamId };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The Id of the account's team.

This property reflects the Id of the account's team, if the account is paired to a team.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# AccountTeamMemberId Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The team member Id of the account.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String AccountTeamMemberId = { read=FAccountTeamMemberId };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The team member Id of the account.

This property reflects the team member Id of the account, if the account is paired to a team.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# AccountTeamName Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The name of the account's team.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String AccountTeamName = { read=FAccountTeamName };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The name of the account's team.

This property reflects the name of the account's team, if the account is paired to a team.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# AccountTeamTotalSpace Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The total amount of space allocated to the account's team.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property __int64 AccountTeamTotalSpace = { read=FAccountTeamTotalSpace };
```

## Default Value

-1

## Remarks

The total amount of space allocated to the account's team.

This property reflects the total amount of space, in bytes, allocated to the account's team, if the account is paired to a team.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

Long64

# AccountTeamUsedSpace Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The amount of space used by the account's team.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property __int64 AccountTeamUsedSpace = { read=FAccountTeamUsedSpace };
```

## Default Value

-1

## Remarks

The amount of space used by the account's team.

This property reflects the amount of space, in bytes, used by the account's team, if the account is paired to a team.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

Long64

# AccountTotalSpace Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The total amount of space allocated to the account.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property __int64 AccountTotalSpace = { read=FAccountTotalSpace };
```

## Default Value

-1

## Remarks

The total amount of space allocated to the account.

This property reflects the total amount of space, in bytes, allocated to the account.

If the account is paired to a team, then the value of this property will either reflect the account's total space quota as defined by the team, or (if the account doesn't have a quota) the same value as the [AccountTeamTotalSpace](#accountteamtotalspace-property-dropbox-component) property.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

Long64

# AccountUsedSpace Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The amount of space used by the account.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property __int64 AccountUsedSpace = { read=FAccountUsedSpace };
```

## Default Value

-1

## Remarks

The amount of space used by the account.

This property reflects the amount of space, in bytes, used by the account.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

Long64

# Authorization Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The OAuth 2.0 authorization token.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String Authorization = { read=FAuthorization, write=FSetAuthorization };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

This property is used to specify the OAuth 2.0 authorization token that was obtained as a result of performing OAuth. A valid OAuth token will come in the following format:

```text
Bearer ACCESS_TOKEN
```

The *ACCESS_TOKEN* segment must be supplied to this property before attempting any other operations. Consult the documentation for the service for more information about supported scope values and more details on performing OAuth.

## Data Type

String

# ChangeMarker Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

A marker indicating what page of changes to return next.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String ChangeMarker = { read=FChangeMarker, write=FSetChangeMarker };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

This property will be populated when [ListChanges](#listchanges-method-dropbox-component) is called if the results are paged and there are more pages. To list all changes, continue to call [ListChanges](#listchanges-method-dropbox-component) until this property returns empty string.

Setting ChangeMarker will cause [NextChangeMarker](#nextchangemarker-property-dropbox-component) to be set to empty string.

Refer to [ListChanges](#listchanges-method-dropbox-component) for more information.

This property is not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# DownloadType Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The download type to use for file resources.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property TcsDropboxDownloadTypes DownloadType = { read=FDownloadType, write=FSetDownloadType };
enum TcsDropboxDownloadTypes {
  ddtFileContent=0,
  ddtFileThumbnail=1,
  ddtFilePreview=2
};
```

## Default Value

ddtFileContent

## Remarks

This property controls what the component will download when [DownloadFile](#downloadfile-method-dropbox-component) is called for a file resource. Possible values are:

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| 0 (ddtFileContent - default) | [DownloadFile](#downloadfile-method-dropbox-component) will download the file's contents. |
| 1 (ddtFileThumbnail) | [DownloadFile](#downloadfile-method-dropbox-component) will download a thumbnail of the file. |
| 2 (ddtFilePreview) | [DownloadFile](#downloadfile-method-dropbox-component) will download a PDF- or HTML-based preview of the file. |

File thumbnails may be customized using the [ThumbnailFormat](#ThumbnailFormat), [ThumbnailMode](#ThumbnailMode), and [ThumbnailSize](#ThumbnailSize) configuration settings; and are supported for the following file types: *.bmp*, *.gif*, *.jpeg*, *.jpg*, *.png*, *.tif*, and *.tiff*.

File previews are supported for the following file types:

- **PDF-based:** *.ai*, *.doc*, *.docm*, *.docx*, *.eps*, *.odp*, *.odt*, *.pps*, *.ppsm*, *.ppsx*, *.ppt*, *.pptm*, *.pptx*, and *.rtf*.
- **HTML-based:** *.csv*, *.ods*, *.xls*, *.xlsm*, and *.xlsx*

This property is not available at design time.

## Data Type

Integer

# EncryptionAlgorithm Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The encryption algorithm.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property TcsDropboxEncryptionAlgorithms EncryptionAlgorithm = { read=FEncryptionAlgorithm, write=FSetEncryptionAlgorithm };
enum TcsDropboxEncryptionAlgorithms {
  eaAES=0,
  eaBlowfish=1,
  eaCAST=2,
  eaDES=3,
  eaIDEA=4,
  eaRC2=5,
  eaRC4=6,
  eaTEA=7,
  eaTripleDES=8,
  eaTwofish=9,
  eaRijndael=10,
  eaChaCha=11,
  eaXSalsa20=12
};
```

## Default Value

eaAES

## Remarks

This property specifies the encryption algorithm to be used. The maximum allowable key size is automatically used for the selected algorithm. Possible values are:

| Algorithm | Key Size |
| --- | --- |
| 0 (eaAES - default) | 256 |
| 1 (eaBlowfish) | 448 |
| 2 (eaCAST) | 128 |
| 3 (eaDES) | 64 |
| 4 (eaIDEA) | 128 |
| 5 (eaRC2) | 128 |
| 6 (eaRC4) | 2048 |
| 7 (eaTEA) | 128 |
| 8 (eaTripleDES) | 192 |
| 9 (eaTwofish) | 256 |
| 10 (eaRijndael) | 256 |
| 11 (eaChaCha) | 256 |
| 12 (eaXSalsa20) | 256 |

## Data Type

Integer

# EncryptionPassword Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The encryption password.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String EncryptionPassword = { read=FEncryptionPassword, write=FSetEncryptionPassword };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

If this property is populated when [UploadFile](#uploadfile-method-dropbox-component) or [DownloadFile](#downloadfile-method-dropbox-component) is called, the component will attempt to encrypt or decrypt the data before uploading or after downloading it.

The component uses the value specified here to generate the necessary encryption Key and IV values using the PKCS5 password digest algorithm. This provides a simpler alternative to creating and managing Key and IV values directly.

However, it is also possible to explicitly specify the Key and IV values to use by setting the [EncryptionKey](#EncryptionKey) and [EncryptionIV](#EncryptionIV) configuration settings. This may be necessary if, e.g., the data needs to be encrypted/decrypted by another utility which generates Key and IV values differently.

This property is not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# FirewallAutoDetect Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

Whether to automatically detect and use firewall system settings, if available.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property bool FirewallAutoDetect = { read=FFirewallAutoDetect, write=FSetFirewallAutoDetect };
```

## Default Value

False

## Remarks

Whether to automatically detect and use firewall system settings, if available.

## Data Type

Boolean

# FirewallType Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The type of firewall to connect through.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property TcsDropboxFirewallTypes FirewallType = { read=FFirewallType, write=FSetFirewallType };
enum TcsDropboxFirewallTypes {
  fwNone=0,
  fwTunnel=1,
  fwSOCKS4=2,
  fwSOCKS5=3,
  fwSOCKS4A=10
};
```

## Default Value

fwNone

## Remarks

The type of firewall to connect through. The applicable values are as follows:

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| fwNone (0) | No firewall (default setting). |
| fwTunnel (1) | Connect through a tunneling proxy. [FirewallPort](#firewallport-property-dropbox-component) is set to 80. |
| fwSOCKS4 (2) | Connect through a SOCKS4 Proxy. [FirewallPort](#firewallport-property-dropbox-component) is set to 1080. |
| fwSOCKS5 (3) | Connect through a SOCKS5 Proxy. [FirewallPort](#firewallport-property-dropbox-component) is set to 1080. |
| fwSOCKS4A (10) | Connect through a SOCKS4A Proxy. [FirewallPort](#firewallport-property-dropbox-component) is set to 1080. |

## Data Type

Integer

# FirewallHost Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The name or IP address of the firewall (optional).

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String FirewallHost = { read=FFirewallHost, write=FSetFirewallHost };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The name or IP address of the firewall (optional). If a [FirewallHost](#firewallhost-property-dropbox-component) is given, the requested connections will be authenticated through the specified firewall when connecting.

If this property is set to a Domain Name, a DNS request is initiated. Upon successful termination of the request, this property is set to the corresponding address. If the search is not successful, the component raises an exception.

## Data Type

String

# FirewallPassword Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

A password if authentication is to be used when connecting through the firewall.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String FirewallPassword = { read=FFirewallPassword, write=FSetFirewallPassword };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

A password if authentication is to be used when connecting through the firewall. If [FirewallHost](#firewallhost-property-dropbox-component) is specified, the [FirewallUser](#firewalluser-property-dropbox-component) and [FirewallPassword](#firewallpassword-property-dropbox-component) properties are used to connect and authenticate to the given firewall. If the authentication fails, the component raises an exception.

## Data Type

String

# FirewallPort Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) port for the firewall Host .

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property int FirewallPort = { read=FFirewallPort, write=FSetFirewallPort };
```

## Default Value

0

## Remarks

The Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) port for the firewall [FirewallHost](#firewallhost-property-dropbox-component). See the description of the [FirewallHost](#firewallhost-property-dropbox-component) property for details.

NOTE: This property is set automatically when [FirewallType](#firewalltype-property-dropbox-component) is set to a valid value. See the description of the [FirewallType](#firewalltype-property-dropbox-component) property for details.

## Data Type

Integer

# FirewallUser Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

A username if authentication is to be used when connecting through a firewall.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String FirewallUser = { read=FFirewallUser, write=FSetFirewallUser };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

A username if authentication is to be used when connecting through a firewall. If [FirewallHost](#firewallhost-property-dropbox-component) is specified, this property and the [FirewallPassword](#firewallpassword-property-dropbox-component) property are used to connect and authenticate to the given [Firewall](#Type_Firewall). If the authentication fails, the component raises an exception.

## Data Type

String

# Idle Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The current status of the component.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property bool Idle = { read=FIdle };
```

## Default Value

True

## Remarks

This property will be False if the component is currently busy (communicating or waiting for an answer), and True at all other times.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

Boolean

# LocalFile Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The location of the local file.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String LocalFile = { read=FLocalFile, write=FSetLocalFile };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

This property specifies the location of a file on disk. This is used as the source file when calling [UploadFile](#uploadfile-method-dropbox-component), and as the destination file when calling [DownloadFile](#downloadfile-method-dropbox-component).

## Data Type

String

# LocalHost Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The name of the local host or user-assigned IP interface through which connections are initiated or accepted.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String LocalHost = { read=FLocalHost, write=FSetLocalHost };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

This property contains the name of the local host as obtained by the *gethostname()* system call, or if the user has assigned an IP address, the value of that address.

In multihomed hosts (machines with more than one IP interface) setting LocalHost to the IP address of an interface will make the component initiate connections (or accept in the case of server components) only through that interface. It is recommended to provide an IP address rather than a hostname when setting this property to ensure the desired interface is used.

If the component is connected, the LocalHost property shows the IP address of the interface through which the connection is made in internet dotted format (aaa.bbb.ccc.ddd). In most cases, this is the address of the local host, except for multihomed hosts (machines with more than one IP interface).

NOTE: LocalHost is not persistent. You must always set it in code, and never in the property window.

## Data Type

String

# NextChangeMarker Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

A marker indicating what page of changes to return in the future.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String NextChangeMarker = { read=FNextChangeMarker, write=FSetNextChangeMarker };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

This property will be populated when [ListChanges](#listchanges-method-dropbox-component) is called if there are no more changes to list.

This property will be populated with the most current change marker if [GetCurrentChangeMarker](#getcurrentchangemarker-method-dropbox-component) is called.

Setting NextChangeMarker will cause [ChangeMarker](#changemarker-property-dropbox-component) to be set to empty string.

Refer to [ListChanges](#listchanges-method-dropbox-component) for more information.

This property is not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# OAuthAccessToken Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The access token returned by the authorization server.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String OAuthAccessToken = { read=FOAuthAccessToken, write=FSetOAuthAccessToken };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The access token returned by the authorization server. This is set when the component makes a request to the token server.

This property is not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# OAuthAuthorizationCode Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The authorization code that is exchanged for an access token.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String OAuthAuthorizationCode = { read=FOAuthAuthorizationCode, write=FSetOAuthAuthorizationCode };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The authorization code that is exchanged for an access token. This is required to be set when the OAuthClientProfile property is set to the Web profile. Otherwise, this field is for information purposes only.

This property is not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# OAuthAuthorizationScope Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The scope request or response parameter used during authorization.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String OAuthAuthorizationScope = { read=FOAuthAuthorizationScope, write=FSetOAuthAuthorizationScope };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The scope request or response parameter used during authorization.

This property is not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# OAuthClientId Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The id of the client assigned when registering the application.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String OAuthClientId = { read=FOAuthClientId, write=FSetOAuthClientId };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The id of the client assigned when registering the application.

This property is not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# OAuthClientProfile Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The type of client that is requesting authorization.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property TcsDropboxOAuthClientProfiles OAuthClientProfile = { read=FOAuthClientProfile, write=FSetOAuthClientProfile };
enum TcsDropboxOAuthClientProfiles {
  cocpApplication=0,
  cocpWeb=1
};
```

## Default Value

cocpApplication

## Remarks

The type of client that is requesting authorization. See the introduction section for more information. Possible values are:

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| 0 (cocpApplication - Default) | The application profile is applicable to applications that are run by the user directly. For instance a windows form application would use the application profile. To authorize your application (client) using the application profile see the introduction section. |
| 1 (cocpWeb) | The Web profile is applicable to applications that are run on the server side where the user uses the application from a web browser. To authorize your application (client) using this profile follow see the introduction section. |

This property is not available at design time.

## Data Type

Integer

# OAuthClientSecret Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The secret value for the client assigned when registering the application.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String OAuthClientSecret = { read=FOAuthClientSecret, write=FSetOAuthClientSecret };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The secret value for the client assigned when registering the application.

This property is not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# OAuthGrantType Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The OAuth grant type used to acquire an OAuth access token.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property TcsDropboxOAuthGrantTypes OAuthGrantType = { read=FOAuthGrantType, write=FSetOAuthGrantType };
enum TcsDropboxOAuthGrantTypes {
  cogtAuthorizationCode=0,
  cogtImplicit=1,
  cogtPassword=2,
  cogtClientCredentials=3
};
```

## Default Value

cogtAuthorizationCode

## Remarks

The OAuth grant type used to acquire an OAuth access token. See the introduction section for more information. Possible values are:

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| 0 (cogtAuthorizationCode - Default) | Authorization Code grant type |
| 1 (cogtImplicit) | Implicit grant type |
| 2 (cogtPassword) | Resource Owner Password Credentials grant type |
| 3 (cogtClientCredentials) | Client Credentials grant type |

This property is not available at design time.

## Data Type

Integer

# OAuthRefreshToken Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

Specifies the refresh token received from or sent to the authorization server.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String OAuthRefreshToken = { read=FOAuthRefreshToken, write=FSetOAuthRefreshToken };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

Specifies the refresh token received from or sent to the authorization server. This property is set automatically if a refresh token is retrieved from the token server. If the OAuthAutomaticRefresh configuration setting is set to true, and the OAuthGrantType property is set to a grant that can use refresh tokens.

This property is not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# OAuthRequestRefreshToken Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

Specifies whether the component will request a refresh token during authorization.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property bool OAuthRequestRefreshToken = { read=FOAuthRequestRefreshToken, write=FSetOAuthRequestRefreshToken };
```

## Default Value

true

## Remarks

Specifies whether the component will request a refresh token during authorization. By default, this value is *True*.

When *True*, the component will automatically add the necessary scopes or parameters to obtain a refresh token. When *False*, this property will have no effect. If the necessary scopes or parameters are specified manually, a refresh token can still be obtained.

NOTE: This property is only applicable when the OAuthGrantType property is set to *cogtAuthorizationCode*.

This property is not available at design time.

## Data Type

Boolean

# OAuthReturnURL Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The URL where the user (browser) returns after authenticating.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String OAuthReturnURL = { read=FOAuthReturnURL, write=FSetOAuthReturnURL };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The URL where the user (browser) returns after authenticating. This property is mapped to the *redirect_uri* parameter when making a request to the authorization server. Typically, this is automatically set by the component when using the embedded web server. If the OAuthWebServerPort or OAuthWebServerHost configuration settings is set, then this property should be set to match. If using the Web client profile, this should be set to the place where the authorization code will be parsed out of the response after the user finishes authorizing.

This property is not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# OAuthServerAuthURL Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The URL of the authorization server.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String OAuthServerAuthURL = { read=FOAuthServerAuthURL, write=FSetOAuthServerAuthURL };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The URL of the authorization server.

This property is not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# OAuthServerTokenURL Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The URL of the token server used to obtain the access token.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String OAuthServerTokenURL = { read=FOAuthServerTokenURL, write=FSetOAuthServerTokenURL };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The URL of the token server used to obtain the access token.

This property is not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# OAuthTimeout Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The amount of time (in seconds) the component will wait for a response from the browser in the LaunchBrowser event.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property int OAuthTimeout = { read=FOAuthTimeout, write=FSetOAuthTimeout };
```

## Default Value

60

## Remarks

The amount of time (in seconds) the component will wait for a response from the browser in the LaunchBrowser event. The default value is 60.

This property is not available at design time.

## Data Type

Integer

# OAuthWebAuthURL Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The URL to which the user should be re-directed for authorization.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String OAuthWebAuthURL = { read=FOAuthWebAuthURL };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The URL to which the user should be re-directed for authorization. This field is used to get the URL that the user should be redirected to when using the Web client profile. See introduction section for more information.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# OtherHeaders Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

Other headers as determined by the user (optional).

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String OtherHeaders = { read=FOtherHeaders, write=FSetOtherHeaders };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

This property can be set to a string of headers to be appended to the HTTP request headers created from other properties like ContentType and From.

The headers must follow the format *Header: Value* as described in the HTTP specifications. Header lines should be separated by CRLF (*"\r\n"*) .

Use this property with caution. If this property contains invalid headers, HTTP requests may fail.

This property is useful for extending the functionality of the component beyond what is provided.

This property is not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# Overwrite Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

Whether to overwrite the local or remote file.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property bool Overwrite = { read=FOverwrite, write=FSetOverwrite };
```

## Default Value

false

## Remarks

When calling [DownloadFile](#downloadfile-method-dropbox-component), this property determines if [LocalFile](#localfile-property-dropbox-component) should be overwritten if it already exists.

When calling [UploadFile](#uploadfile-method-dropbox-component), this property determines if the remote file should be overwritten if it already exists. If the [RenameIfExists](#RenameIfExists) configuration setting is enabled, this property is ignored and the server will renamed the newly-uploaded file instead (if necessary).

## Data Type

Boolean

# ParsedHeaderCount Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The number of records in the ParsedHeader arrays.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property int ParsedHeaderCount = { read=FParsedHeaderCount };
```

## Default Value

0

## Remarks

This property controls the size of the following arrays:

- [ParsedHeaderField](#parsedheaderfield-property-dropbox-component)
- [ParsedHeaderValue](#parsedheadervalue-property-dropbox-component)

The array indices start at *0* and end at *ParsedHeaderCount - 1*.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

Integer

# ParsedHeaderField Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

This property contains the name of the HTTP header (this is the same case as it is delivered).

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String ParsedHeaderField[int ParsedHeaderIndex] = { read=FParsedHeaderField };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

This property contains the name of the HTTP [Header](#Type_Header) (this is the same case as it is delivered).

The *ParsedHeaderIndex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [ParsedHeaderCount](#parsedheadercount-property-dropbox-component) property.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# ParsedHeaderValue Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

This property contains the header contents.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String ParsedHeaderValue[int ParsedHeaderIndex] = { read=FParsedHeaderValue };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

This property contains the [Header](#Type_Header) contents.

The *ParsedHeaderIndex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [ParsedHeaderCount](#parsedheadercount-property-dropbox-component) property.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# ProxyAuthScheme Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The type of authorization to perform when connecting to the proxy.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property TcsDropboxProxyAuthSchemes ProxyAuthScheme = { read=FProxyAuthScheme, write=FSetProxyAuthScheme };
enum TcsDropboxProxyAuthSchemes {
  authBasic=0,
  authDigest=1,
  authProprietary=2,
  authNone=3,
  authNtlm=4,
  authNegotiate=5
};
```

## Default Value

authBasic

## Remarks

The type of authorization to perform when connecting to the proxy. This is used only when the [ProxyUser](#proxyuser-property-dropbox-component) and [ProxyPassword](#proxypassword-property-dropbox-component) properties are set.

[ProxyAuthScheme](#proxyauthscheme-property-dropbox-component) should be set to authNone (3) when no authentication is expected.

By default, [ProxyAuthScheme](#proxyauthscheme-property-dropbox-component) is authBasic (0), and if the [ProxyUser](#proxyuser-property-dropbox-component) and [ProxyPassword](#proxypassword-property-dropbox-component) properties are set, the component will attempt basic authentication.

If [ProxyAuthScheme](#proxyauthscheme-property-dropbox-component) is set to authDigest (1), digest authentication will be attempted instead.

If [ProxyAuthScheme](#proxyauthscheme-property-dropbox-component) is set to authProprietary (2), then the authorization token will not be generated by the component. Look at the configuration file for the component being used to find more information about manually setting this token.

If [ProxyAuthScheme](#proxyauthscheme-property-dropbox-component) is set to authNtlm (4), NTLM authentication will be used.

For security reasons, setting this property will clear the values of [ProxyUser](#proxyuser-property-dropbox-component) and [ProxyPassword](#proxypassword-property-dropbox-component).

## Data Type

Integer

# ProxyAutoDetect Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

Whether to automatically detect and use proxy system settings, if available.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property bool ProxyAutoDetect = { read=FProxyAutoDetect, write=FSetProxyAutoDetect };
```

## Default Value

False

## Remarks

Whether to automatically detect and use proxy system settings, if available. The default value is *false*.

## Data Type

Boolean

# ProxyPassword Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

A password if authentication is to be used for the proxy.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String ProxyPassword = { read=FProxyPassword, write=FSetProxyPassword };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

A password if authentication is to be used for the proxy.

If [ProxyAuthScheme](#proxyauthscheme-property-dropbox-component) is set to Basic Authentication, the [ProxyUser](#proxyuser-property-dropbox-component) and [ProxyPassword](#proxypassword-property-dropbox-component) properties are Base64 encoded and the proxy authentication token will be generated in the form *Basic [encoded-user-password]*.

If [ProxyAuthScheme](#proxyauthscheme-property-dropbox-component) is set to Digest Authentication, the [ProxyUser](#proxyuser-property-dropbox-component) and [ProxyPassword](#proxypassword-property-dropbox-component) properties are used to respond to the Digest Authentication challenge from the server.

If [ProxyAuthScheme](#proxyauthscheme-property-dropbox-component) is set to NTLM Authentication, the [ProxyUser](#proxyuser-property-dropbox-component) and [ProxyPassword](#proxypassword-property-dropbox-component) properties are used to authenticate through NTLM negotiation.

## Data Type

String

# ProxyPort Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) port for the proxy Server (default 80).

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property int ProxyPort = { read=FProxyPort, write=FSetProxyPort };
```

## Default Value

80

## Remarks

The Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) port for the proxy [ProxyServer](#proxyserver-property-dropbox-component) (default 80). See the description of the [ProxyServer](#proxyserver-property-dropbox-component) property for details.

## Data Type

Integer

# ProxyServer Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

If a proxy Server is given, then the HTTP request is sent to the proxy instead of the server otherwise specified.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String ProxyServer = { read=FProxyServer, write=FSetProxyServer };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

If a proxy [ProxyServer](#proxyserver-property-dropbox-component) is given, then the HTTP request is sent to the proxy instead of the server otherwise specified.

If the [ProxyServer](#proxyserver-property-dropbox-component) property is set to a domain name, a DNS request is initiated. Upon successful termination of the request, the [ProxyServer](#proxyserver-property-dropbox-component) property is set to the corresponding address. If the search is not successful, an error is returned.

## Data Type

String

# ProxySSL Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

When to use a Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) for the connection to the proxy.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property TcsDropboxProxySSLs ProxySSL = { read=FProxySSL, write=FSetProxySSL };
enum TcsDropboxProxySSLs {
  psAutomatic=0,
  psAlways=1,
  psNever=2,
  psTunnel=3
};
```

## Default Value

psAutomatic

## Remarks

When to use a Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) for the connection to the proxy. The applicable values are as follows:

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| psAutomatic (0) | Default setting. If the URL is an https URL, the component will use the psTunnel option. If the URL is an http URL, the component will use the psNever option. |
| psAlways (1) | The connection is always SSL-enabled. |
| psNever (2) | The connection is not SSL-enabled. |
| psTunnel (3) | The connection is made through a tunneling (HTTP) proxy. |

## Data Type

Integer

# ProxyUser Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

A username if authentication is to be used for the proxy.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String ProxyUser = { read=FProxyUser, write=FSetProxyUser };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

A username if authentication is to be used for the proxy.

If [ProxyAuthScheme](#proxyauthscheme-property-dropbox-component) is set to Basic Authentication, the [ProxyUser](#proxyuser-property-dropbox-component) and [ProxyPassword](#proxypassword-property-dropbox-component) properties are Base64 encoded and the proxy authentication token will be generated in the form *Basic [encoded-user-password]*.

If [ProxyAuthScheme](#proxyauthscheme-property-dropbox-component) is set to Digest Authentication, the [ProxyUser](#proxyuser-property-dropbox-component) and [ProxyPassword](#proxypassword-property-dropbox-component) properties are used to respond to the Digest Authentication challenge from the server.

If [ProxyAuthScheme](#proxyauthscheme-property-dropbox-component) is set to NTLM Authentication, the [ProxyUser](#proxyuser-property-dropbox-component) and [ProxyPassword](#proxypassword-property-dropbox-component) properties are used to authenticate through NTLM negotiation.

## Data Type

String

# QueryParamCount Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The number of records in the QueryParam arrays.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property int QueryParamCount = { read=FQueryParamCount, write=FSetQueryParamCount };
```

## Default Value

0

## Remarks

This property controls the size of the following arrays:

- [QueryParamName](#queryparamname-property-dropbox-component)
- [QueryParamValue](#queryparamvalue-property-dropbox-component)

The array indices start at *0* and end at *QueryParamCount - 1*.

This property is not available at design time.

## Data Type

Integer

# QueryParamName Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The name of the query parameter.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String QueryParamName[int QueryParamIndex] = { read=FQueryParamName, write=FSetQueryParamName };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The name of the query parameter.

This property specifies the name of the query parameter.

The *QueryParamIndex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [QueryParamCount](#queryparamcount-property-dropbox-component) property.

This property is not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# QueryParamValue Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The value of the query parameter.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String QueryParamValue[int QueryParamIndex] = { read=FQueryParamValue, write=FSetQueryParamValue };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The value of the query parameter.

This property specifies the value of the query parameter. The component will automatically URL-encode this value when sending the request.

The *QueryParamIndex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [QueryParamCount](#queryparamcount-property-dropbox-component) property.

This property is not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# ResourceData Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The data that was downloaded, or that should be uploaded.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String ResourceData = { read=FResourceData, write=FSetResourceData };
__property DynamicArray<Byte> ResourceDataB = { read=FResourceDataB, write=FSetResourceDataB };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

This property is populated with file data after calling [DownloadFile](#downloadfile-method-dropbox-component) if [LocalFile](#localfile-property-dropbox-component) is not set.

This property can also be set before calling [UploadFile](#uploadfile-method-dropbox-component); its data will be uploaded if [LocalFile](#localfile-property-dropbox-component) is not set.

This property is not available at design time.

## Data Type

Byte Array

# ResourceMarker Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

A marker indicating what page of resources to return next.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String ResourceMarker = { read=FResourceMarker, write=FSetResourceMarker };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

This property will be populated when [ListResources](#listresources-method-dropbox-component) is called if the results are paged and there are more pages. To list all resources, continue to call [ListResources](#listresources-method-dropbox-component) until this property returns empty string.

Refer to [ListResources](#listresources-method-dropbox-component) for more information.

This property is not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# ResourceCount Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The number of records in the Resource arrays.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property int ResourceCount = { read=FResourceCount, write=FSetResourceCount };
```

## Default Value

0

## Remarks

This property controls the size of the following arrays:

- [ResourceAccessType](#resourceaccesstype-property-dropbox-component)
- [ResourceClientModifiedTime](#resourceclientmodifiedtime-property-dropbox-component)
- [ResourceDeleted](#resourcedeleted-property-dropbox-component)
- [ResourceExportExtension](#resourceexportextension-property-dropbox-component)
- [ResourceHash](#resourcehash-property-dropbox-component)
- [ResourceId](#resourceid-property-dropbox-component)
- [ResourceModifiedTime](#resourcemodifiedtime-property-dropbox-component)
- [ResourceName](#resourcename-property-dropbox-component)
- [ResourceParentShareId](#resourceparentshareid-property-dropbox-component)
- [ResourcePath](#resourcepath-property-dropbox-component)
- [ResourceRevision](#resourcerevision-property-dropbox-component)
- [ResourceShareId](#resourceshareid-property-dropbox-component)
- [ResourceSize](#resourcesize-property-dropbox-component)
- [ResourceType](#resourcetype-property-dropbox-component)

The array indices start at *0* and end at *ResourceCount - 1*.

This property is not available at design time.

## Data Type

Integer

# ResourceAccessType Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The type of access the current user has to the resource.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property TcsDropboxResourceAccessTypes ResourceAccessType[int ResourceIndex] = { read=FResourceAccessType };
enum TcsDropboxResourceAccessTypes {
  atUnrestricted=0,
  atReadOnly=1,
  atLimited=2,
  atNoAccess=3
};
```

## Default Value

atUnrestricted

## Remarks

The type of access the current user has to the resource.

This property reflects the type of access the current user has to the resource. Possible values are:

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| 0 (atUnrestricted) | The user's access to the resource is not restricted. |
| 1 (atReadOnly) | The user has read-only access to the resource. This indicates that the resource is, or is located within, a read-only shared folder. |
| 2 (atLimited) | The user has limited access to the immediate contents of the folder resource (by virtue of having access to one or more other resources located somewhere within the folder). See further notes below. Only applicable to folders. |
| 3 (atNoAccess) | The user is allowed to see that the folder resource exists, but may not access its contents. Only applicable to folders. |

An access type of *2 (atLimited)* still allows the user to call [ListResources](#listresources-method-dropbox-component) for a folder, but the results will be limited to the subset of resources within that folder that the user can actually access (including any further limited-access subfolders).

The *ResourceIndex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [ResourceCount](#resourcecount-property-dropbox-component) property.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

Integer

# ResourceClientModifiedTime Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The client-side last modified timestamp of the file resource.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String ResourceClientModifiedTime[int ResourceIndex] = { read=FResourceClientModifiedTime };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The client-side last modified timestamp of the file resource.

This property holds the last modified timestamp of the file resource, as reported by a client. Timestamps are formatted according to ISO 8601 and are always in UTC time. It should be formatted in "yyyy-MM-ddTHH:mm:ssZ". For example, *2015-05-12T15:50:38Z* would be a correctly formatted timestamp.

Not applicable for folder resources. May be empty or inaccurate for file resources if clients choose not to provide a value when uploading or updating the file contents.

The *ResourceIndex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [ResourceCount](#resourcecount-property-dropbox-component) property.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# ResourceDeleted Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

Whether the resource has been deleted.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property bool ResourceDeleted[int ResourceIndex] = { read=FResourceDeleted };
```

## Default Value

false

## Remarks

Whether the resource has been deleted.

This property reflects whether the resource has been deleted.

The *ResourceIndex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [ResourceCount](#resourcecount-property-dropbox-component) property.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

Boolean

# ResourceExportExtension Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The file extension of the file format that the file resource will be exported as.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String ResourceExportExtension[int ResourceIndex] = { read=FResourceExportExtension };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The file extension of the file format that the file resource will be exported as.

Some file resources are "export-only"; i.e., they're stored in Dropbox using a server-only file format, and get exported to a "normal" file format when [DownloadFile](#downloadfile-method-dropbox-component) is called. For export-only file resources, this property reflects the file extension of the export file format; it is empty for all other resources.

When downloading an export-only file resource to a [LocalFile](#localfile-property-dropbox-component), the component will automatically append the file extension reflected by this property, if necessary.

The *ResourceIndex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [ResourceCount](#resourcecount-property-dropbox-component) property.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# ResourceHash Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

A hash of the file resource's content.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String ResourceHash[int ResourceIndex] = { read=FResourceHash };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

A hash of the file resource's content.

This property holds a hash of the file resource's content. Not applicable for folder resources.

Refer to the Dropbox API documentation for an explanation of how the server calculates file content hashes.

The *ResourceIndex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [ResourceCount](#resourcecount-property-dropbox-component) property.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# ResourceId Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The Id of the resource.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String ResourceId[int ResourceIndex] = { read=FResourceId };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The Id of the resource.

This property reflects the Id of the resource.

The *ResourceIndex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [ResourceCount](#resourcecount-property-dropbox-component) property.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# ResourceModifiedTime Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The last modified timestamp of the file resource.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String ResourceModifiedTime[int ResourceIndex] = { read=FResourceModifiedTime };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The last modified timestamp of the file resource.

This property holds the last modified timestamp of the file resource, as reported by the server. Not applicable for folder resources. Timestamps are formatted according to ISO 8601 and are always in UTC time. It should be formatted in "yyyy-MM-ddTHH:mm:ssZ". For example, *2015-05-12T15:50:38Z* would be a correctly formatted timestamp.

The *ResourceIndex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [ResourceCount](#resourcecount-property-dropbox-component) property.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# ResourceName Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The name of the resource.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String ResourceName[int ResourceIndex] = { read=FResourceName };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The name of the resource.

This property reflects the name of the resource.

The *ResourceIndex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [ResourceCount](#resourcecount-property-dropbox-component) property.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# ResourceParentShareId Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The shared folder Id of the resource's parent.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String ResourceParentShareId[int ResourceIndex] = { read=FResourceParentShareId };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The shared folder Id of the resource's parent.

This property reflects the shared folder Id of the resource's parent, if its parent is a shared folder.

The *ResourceIndex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [ResourceCount](#resourcecount-property-dropbox-component) property.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# ResourcePath Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The path of the resource.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String ResourcePath[int ResourceIndex] = { read=FResourcePath };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The path of the resource.

This property reflects the path of the resource.

The *ResourceIndex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [ResourceCount](#resourcecount-property-dropbox-component) property.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# ResourceType Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The resource's type.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property TcsDropboxResourceTypes ResourceType[int ResourceIndex] = { read=FResourceType };
enum TcsDropboxResourceTypes {
  drtFile=0,
  drtFolder=1
};
```

## Default Value

drtFile

## Remarks

The resource's type.

This property indicates whether the resource is a folder or a file. Possible values are:

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| 0 (drtFile) | A file. |
| 1 (drtFolder) | A folder. |

The *ResourceIndex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [ResourceCount](#resourcecount-property-dropbox-component) property.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

Integer

# ResourceRevision Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The revision Id of the file resource.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String ResourceRevision[int ResourceIndex] = { read=FResourceRevision };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The revision Id of the file resource.

This property reflects the revision Id of the file resource. Not applicable for folder resources.

The *ResourceIndex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [ResourceCount](#resourcecount-property-dropbox-component) property.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# ResourceShareId Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The shared folder Id of the folder resource.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String ResourceShareId[int ResourceIndex] = { read=FResourceShareId };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The shared folder Id of the folder resource.

This property reflects the shared folder Id of the folder resource, if the resource is a shared folder. Not applicable for file resources.

The *ResourceIndex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [ResourceCount](#resourcecount-property-dropbox-component) property.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# ResourceSize Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The size of the file resource.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property __int64 ResourceSize[int ResourceIndex] = { read=FResourceSize };
```

## Default Value

-1

## Remarks

The size of the file resource.

This property holds the size of the file resource, in bytes. Not applicable for folder resources.

The *ResourceIndex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [ResourceCount](#resourcecount-property-dropbox-component) property.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

Long64

# SearchCategories Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

Resource categories to restrict the search to.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SearchCategories = { read=FSearchCategories, write=FSetSearchCategories };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

This property may be set to a comma-separated list of resource categories to restrict the search results returned by [Search](#search-method-dropbox-component). Possible categories include:

| Category | Associated File Extensions |
| --- | --- |
| image | jpg, png, gif, ... |
| document | doc, docx, txt, ... |
| pdf | pdf |
| spreadsheet | xls, xlsx, csv, ... |
| presentation | ppt, pptx, key, ... |
| audio | mp3, wav, mid, ... |
| video | mov, wmv, mp4, ... |
| folder | (Dropbox folders) |
| paper | (Dropbox Paper documents) |
| others | (all other files) |

The list of valid categories (and their associated file extensions) is defined by Dropbox and may change at any time; refer to the Dropbox API documentation for more information.

Note that the server will only apply this search restriction when [SearchKind](#searchkind-property-dropbox-component) is set to *dskActive (0)*.

This property is not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# SearchFileExtensions Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

File extensions to restrict the search to.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SearchFileExtensions = { read=FSearchFileExtensions, write=FSetSearchFileExtensions };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

This property may be set to a comma-separated list of file extensions to restrict the search results returned by [Search](#search-method-dropbox-component). File extensions should be specified *without* leading dot (*.*) characters.

Note that the server will only apply this search restriction when [SearchKind](#searchkind-property-dropbox-component) is set to *dskActive (0)*.

This property is not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# SearchKind Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The kind of resources to search for.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property TcsDropboxSearchKinds SearchKind = { read=FSearchKind, write=FSetSearchKind };
enum TcsDropboxSearchKinds {
  dskActive=0,
  dskDeleted=1
};
```

## Default Value

dskActive

## Remarks

This property specifies what kind of resources to search for when [Search](#search-method-dropbox-component) is called. Possible values are:

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| dskActive (0) (default) | Search for active resources. |
| dskDeleted (1) | Search for deleted resources. |

This property is not available at design time.

## Data Type

Integer

# SearchMarker Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

A marker indicating what page of search results to return next.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SearchMarker = { read=FSearchMarker, write=FSetSearchMarker };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

This property will be populated when [Search](#search-method-dropbox-component) is called if the results are paged and there are more pages. To list all search results, continue to call [Search](#search-method-dropbox-component) until this property returns empty string.

Refer to [Search](#search-method-dropbox-component) for more information.

This property is not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# SearchNamesOnly Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

Whether to match against resource names only when searching.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property bool SearchNamesOnly = { read=FSearchNamesOnly, write=FSetSearchNamesOnly };
```

## Default Value

false

## Remarks

This property indicates whether the server should only match the query string passed to [Search](#search-method-dropbox-component) against resource names. If this property is disabled (default), the server will match the specified query string against resource details and/or content at its discretion.

This property is not available at design time.

## Data Type

Boolean

# SharedLinkMarker Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

A marker indicating what page of shared links to return next.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SharedLinkMarker = { read=FSharedLinkMarker, write=FSetSharedLinkMarker };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

This property will be populated when [ListSharedLinks](#listsharedlinks-method-dropbox-component) is called if the results are paged and there are more pages. To list all shared links, continue to call [ListSharedLinks](#listsharedlinks-method-dropbox-component) until this property returns empty string.

Refer to [ListSharedLinks](#listsharedlinks-method-dropbox-component) for more information

This property is not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# SharedLinkCount Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The number of records in the SharedLink arrays.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property int SharedLinkCount = { read=FSharedLinkCount, write=FSetSharedLinkCount };
```

## Default Value

0

## Remarks

This property controls the size of the following arrays:

- [SharedLinkCanRevoke](#sharedlinkcanrevoke-property-dropbox-component)
- [SharedLinkExpires](#sharedlinkexpires-property-dropbox-component)
- [SharedLinkId](#sharedlinkid-property-dropbox-component)
- [SharedLinkLinkedResourceType](#sharedlinklinkedresourcetype-property-dropbox-component)
- [SharedLinkName](#sharedlinkname-property-dropbox-component)
- [SharedLinkPath](#sharedlinkpath-property-dropbox-component)
- [SharedLinkURL](#sharedlinkurl-property-dropbox-component)
- [SharedLinkVisibility](#sharedlinkvisibility-property-dropbox-component)

The array indices start at *0* and end at *SharedLinkCount - 1*.

This property is not available at design time.

## Data Type

Integer

# SharedLinkCanRevoke Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

Whether the current user has permission to revoke the link.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property bool SharedLinkCanRevoke[int SharedLinkIndex] = { read=FSharedLinkCanRevoke };
```

## Default Value

false

## Remarks

Whether the current user has permission to revoke the link.

This property indicates whether the current user has permission to revoke the link.

The *SharedLinkIndex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [SharedLinkCount](#sharedlinkcount-property-dropbox-component) property.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

Boolean

# SharedLinkExpires Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The expiration timestamp of the link.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SharedLinkExpires[int SharedLinkIndex] = { read=FSharedLinkExpires };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The expiration timestamp of the link.

This property holds the expiration timestamp of the link (or empty string, if the link doesn't expire). Timestamps are formatted according to ISO 8601 and are always in UTC time. It should be formatted in "yyyy-MM-ddTHH:mm:ssZ". For example, *2015-05-12T15:50:38Z* would be a correctly formatted timestamp.

The *SharedLinkIndex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [SharedLinkCount](#sharedlinkcount-property-dropbox-component) property.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# SharedLinkId Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The Id of the linked resource.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SharedLinkId[int SharedLinkIndex] = { read=FSharedLinkId };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The Id of the linked resource.

This property reflects the Id of the linked resource.

The *SharedLinkIndex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [SharedLinkCount](#sharedlinkcount-property-dropbox-component) property.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# SharedLinkLinkedResourceType Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The linked resource's type.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property TcsDropboxSharedLinkLinkedResourceTypes SharedLinkLinkedResourceType[int SharedLinkIndex] = { read=FSharedLinkLinkedResourceType };
enum TcsDropboxSharedLinkLinkedResourceTypes {
  lrtFile=0,
  lrtFolder=1
};
```

## Default Value

lrtFile

## Remarks

The linked resource's type.

This property indicates whether the linked resource is a folder or a file. Possible values are:

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| 0 (lrtFile) | A file. |
| 1 (lrtFolder) | A folder. |

The *SharedLinkIndex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [SharedLinkCount](#sharedlinkcount-property-dropbox-component) property.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

Integer

# SharedLinkName Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The name of the linked resource.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SharedLinkName[int SharedLinkIndex] = { read=FSharedLinkName };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The name of the linked resource.

This property reflects the name of the linked resource.

The *SharedLinkIndex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [SharedLinkCount](#sharedlinkcount-property-dropbox-component) property.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# SharedLinkPath Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The path of the linked resource.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SharedLinkPath[int SharedLinkIndex] = { read=FSharedLinkPath };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The path of the linked resource.

This property reflects the path of the linked resource.

The *SharedLinkIndex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [SharedLinkCount](#sharedlinkcount-property-dropbox-component) property.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# SharedLinkURL Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The URL of the link.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SharedLinkURL[int SharedLinkIndex] = { read=FSharedLinkURL };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The URL of the link.

This property reflects the URL of the link.

The *SharedLinkIndex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [SharedLinkCount](#sharedlinkcount-property-dropbox-component) property.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# SharedLinkVisibility Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The visibility of the link.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property TcsDropboxSharedLinkVisibilities SharedLinkVisibility[int SharedLinkIndex] = { read=FSharedLinkVisibility };
enum TcsDropboxSharedLinkVisibilities {
  lvPublic=0,
  lvTeamOnly=1,
  lvPassword=2,
  lvTeamAndPassword=3,
  lvSharedFolderOnly=4
};
```

## Default Value

lvPublic

## Remarks

The visibility of the link.

This property reflects the visibility of the link. Possible values are:

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| 0 (lvPublic) | Anyone with the link can access the linked resource. |
| 1 (lvTeamOnly) | Only members of the same team with the link can access the linked resource. (Only applicable to Dropbox Business.) |
| 2 (lvPassword) | Anyone with the link and the link's password can access the linked resource. |
| 3 (lvTeamAndPassword) | Only members of the same team with the link and the link's password can access the linked resource. (Only applicable to Dropbox Business.) |
| 4 (lvSharedFolderOnly) | Only members (with the link) of the shared folder containing the linked resource can access it. |

The *SharedLinkIndex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [SharedLinkCount](#sharedlinkcount-property-dropbox-component) property.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

Integer

# SSLAcceptServerCertEffectiveDate Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The date on which this certificate becomes valid.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLAcceptServerCertEffectiveDate = { read=FSSLAcceptServerCertEffectiveDate };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The date on which this certificate becomes valid. Before this date, it is not valid. The date is localized to the system's time zone. The following example illustrates the format of an encoded date:

23-Jan-2000 15:00:00.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLAcceptServerCertExpirationDate Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The date on which the certificate expires.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLAcceptServerCertExpirationDate = { read=FSSLAcceptServerCertExpirationDate };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The date on which the certificate expires. After this date, the certificate will no longer be valid. The date is localized to the system's time zone. The following example illustrates the format of an encoded date:

23-Jan-2001 15:00:00.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLAcceptServerCertExtendedKeyUsage Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

A comma-delimited list of extended key usage identifiers.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLAcceptServerCertExtendedKeyUsage = { read=FSSLAcceptServerCertExtendedKeyUsage };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

A comma-delimited list of extended key usage identifiers. These are the same as ASN.1 object identifiers (OIDs).

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLAcceptServerCertFingerprint Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The hex-encoded, 16-byte MD5 fingerprint of the certificate.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLAcceptServerCertFingerprint = { read=FSSLAcceptServerCertFingerprint };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The hex-encoded, 16-byte MD5 fingerprint of the certificate. This property is primarily used for keys which do not have a corresponding X.509 public certificate, such as PEM keys that only contain a private key. It is commonly used for SSH keys.

The following example illustrates the format: *bc:2a:72:af:fe:58:17:43:7a:5f:ba:5a:7c:90:f7:02*

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLAcceptServerCertFingerprintSHA1 Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The hex-encoded, 20-byte SHA-1 fingerprint of the certificate.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLAcceptServerCertFingerprintSHA1 = { read=FSSLAcceptServerCertFingerprintSHA1 };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The hex-encoded, 20-byte SHA-1 fingerprint of the certificate. This property is primarily used for keys which do not have a corresponding X.509 public certificate, such as PEM keys that only contain a private key. It is commonly used for SSH keys.

The following example illustrates the format: *30:7b:fa:38:65:83:ff:da:b4:4e:07:3f:17:b8:a4:ed:80:be:ff:84*

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLAcceptServerCertFingerprintSHA256 Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The hex-encoded, 32-byte SHA-256 fingerprint of the certificate.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLAcceptServerCertFingerprintSHA256 = { read=FSSLAcceptServerCertFingerprintSHA256 };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The hex-encoded, 32-byte SHA-256 fingerprint of the certificate. This property is primarily used for keys which do not have a corresponding X.509 public certificate, such as PEM keys that only contain a private key. It is commonly used for SSH keys.

The following example illustrates the format: *6a:80:5c:33:a9:43:ea:b0:96:12:8a:64:96:30:ef:4a:8a:96:86:ce:f4:c7:be:10:24:8e:2b:60:9e:f3:59:53*

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLAcceptServerCertIssuer Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The issuer of the certificate.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLAcceptServerCertIssuer = { read=FSSLAcceptServerCertIssuer };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The issuer of the certificate. This property contains a string representation of the name of the issuing authority for the certificate.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLAcceptServerCertPrivateKey Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The private key of the certificate (if available).

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLAcceptServerCertPrivateKey = { read=FSSLAcceptServerCertPrivateKey };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The private key of the certificate (if available). The key is provided as PEM/Base64-encoded data.

NOTE: The [SSLAcceptServerCertPrivateKey](#sslacceptservercertprivatekey-property-dropbox-component) may be available but not exportable. In this case, [SSLAcceptServerCertPrivateKey](#sslacceptservercertprivatekey-property-dropbox-component) returns an empty string.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLAcceptServerCertPrivateKeyAvailable Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

Whether a PrivateKey is available for the selected certificate.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property bool SSLAcceptServerCertPrivateKeyAvailable = { read=FSSLAcceptServerCertPrivateKeyAvailable };
```

## Default Value

false

## Remarks

Whether a [SSLAcceptServerCertPrivateKey](#sslacceptservercertprivatekey-property-dropbox-component) is available for the selected certificate. If [SSLAcceptServerCertPrivateKeyAvailable](#sslacceptservercertprivatekeyavailable-property-dropbox-component) is True, the certificate may be used for authentication purposes (e.g., server authentication).

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

Boolean

# SSLAcceptServerCertPrivateKeyContainer Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The name of the PrivateKey container for the certificate (if available).

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLAcceptServerCertPrivateKeyContainer = { read=FSSLAcceptServerCertPrivateKeyContainer };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The name of the [SSLAcceptServerCertPrivateKey](#sslacceptservercertprivatekey-property-dropbox-component) container for the certificate (if available). This functionality is available only on Windows platforms.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLAcceptServerCertPublicKey Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The public key of the certificate.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLAcceptServerCertPublicKey = { read=FSSLAcceptServerCertPublicKey };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The public key of the certificate. The key is provided as PEM/Base64-encoded data.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLAcceptServerCertPublicKeyAlgorithm Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The textual description of the certificate's public key algorithm.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLAcceptServerCertPublicKeyAlgorithm = { read=FSSLAcceptServerCertPublicKeyAlgorithm };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The textual description of the certificate's public key algorithm. The property contains either the name of the algorithm (e.g., "RSA" or "RSA_DH") or an object identifier (OID) string representing the algorithm.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLAcceptServerCertPublicKeyLength Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The length of the certificate's public key (in bits).

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property int SSLAcceptServerCertPublicKeyLength = { read=FSSLAcceptServerCertPublicKeyLength };
```

## Default Value

0

## Remarks

The length of the certificate's public key (in bits). Common values are 512, 1024, and 2048.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

Integer

# SSLAcceptServerCertSerialNumber Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The serial number of the certificate encoded as a string.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLAcceptServerCertSerialNumber = { read=FSSLAcceptServerCertSerialNumber };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The serial number of the certificate encoded as a string. The number is encoded as a series of hexadecimal digits, with each pair representing a byte of the serial number.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLAcceptServerCertSignatureAlgorithm Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The text description of the certificate's signature algorithm.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLAcceptServerCertSignatureAlgorithm = { read=FSSLAcceptServerCertSignatureAlgorithm };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The text description of the certificate's signature algorithm. The property contains either the name of the algorithm (e.g., "RSA" or "RSA_MD5RSA") or an object identifier (OID) string representing the algorithm.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLAcceptServerCertStore Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The name of the certificate store for the client certificate.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLAcceptServerCertStore = { read=FSSLAcceptServerCertStore, write=FSetSSLAcceptServerCertStore };
__property DynamicArray<Byte> SSLAcceptServerCertStoreB = { read=FSSLAcceptServerCertStoreB, write=FSetSSLAcceptServerCertStoreB };
```

## Default Value

"MY"

## Remarks

The name of the certificate store for the client certificate.

The [SSLAcceptServerCertStoreType](#sslacceptservercertstoretype-property-dropbox-component) property denotes the type of the certificate store specified by [SSLAcceptServerCertStore](#sslacceptservercertstore-property-dropbox-component). If the store is password-protected, specify the password in [SSLAcceptServerCertStorePassword](#sslacceptservercertstorepassword-property-dropbox-component).

[SSLAcceptServerCertStore](#sslacceptservercertstore-property-dropbox-component) is used in conjunction with the [SSLAcceptServerCertSubject](#sslacceptservercertsubject-property-dropbox-component) property to specify client certificates. If [SSLAcceptServerCertStore](#sslacceptservercertstore-property-dropbox-component) has a value, and [SSLAcceptServerCertSubject](#sslacceptservercertsubject-property-dropbox-component) or [SSLAcceptServerCertEncoded](#sslacceptservercertencoded-property-dropbox-component) is set, a search for a certificate is initiated. Please see the [SSLAcceptServerCertSubject](#sslacceptservercertsubject-property-dropbox-component) property for details.

 Designations of certificate stores are platform dependent.

The following designations are the most common User and Machine certificate stores in Windows:

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| MY | A certificate store holding personal certificates with their associated private keys. |
| CA | Certifying authority certificates. |
| ROOT | Root certificates. |

When the certificate store type is *cstPFXFile*, this property must be set to the name of the file. When the type is *cstPFXBlob*, the property must be set to the binary contents of a PFX file (i.e., PKCS#12 certificate store).

## Data Type

Byte Array

# SSLAcceptServerCertStorePassword Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

If the type of certificate store requires a password, this property is used to specify the password needed to open the certificate store.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLAcceptServerCertStorePassword = { read=FSSLAcceptServerCertStorePassword, write=FSetSSLAcceptServerCertStorePassword };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

If the type of certificate store requires a password, this property is used to specify the password needed to open the certificate store.

## Data Type

String

# SSLAcceptServerCertStoreType Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The type of certificate store for this certificate.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property TcsDropboxSSLAcceptServerCertStoreTypes SSLAcceptServerCertStoreType = { read=FSSLAcceptServerCertStoreType, write=FSetSSLAcceptServerCertStoreType };
enum TcsDropboxSSLAcceptServerCertStoreTypes {
  cstUser=0,
  cstMachine=1,
  cstPFXFile=2,
  cstPFXBlob=3,
  cstJKSFile=4,
  cstJKSBlob=5,
  cstPEMKeyFile=6,
  cstPEMKeyBlob=7,
  cstPublicKeyFile=8,
  cstPublicKeyBlob=9,
  cstSSHPublicKeyBlob=10,
  cstP7BFile=11,
  cstP7BBlob=12,
  cstSSHPublicKeyFile=13,
  cstPPKFile=14,
  cstPPKBlob=15,
  cstXMLFile=16,
  cstXMLBlob=17,
  cstJWKFile=18,
  cstJWKBlob=19,
  cstSecurityKey=20,
  cstBCFKSFile=21,
  cstBCFKSBlob=22,
  cstPKCS11=23,
  cstAuto=99
};
```

## Default Value

cstUser

## Remarks

The type of certificate store for this certificate.

 The component supports both public and private keys in a variety of formats. When the *cstAuto* value is used, the component will automatically determine the type. This property can take one of the following values:

```csharp
sftp.SSHCert = new Certificate(CertStoreTypes.cstPKCS11,
                               @"C:\Program Files\OpenSC Project\OpenSC\pkcs11\opensc-pkcs11.dll",
                               "123456", // PIN
                               "CN=cert_subject");
sftp.SSHUser = "test";
sftp.SSHLogon("myhost", 22);
```

```csharp
certmgr.CertStoreType = CertStoreTypes.cstPKCS11;
certmgr.OnCertList += (s, e) => {
  secKeyBlob = e.CertEncoded;
};
certmgr.CertStore = @"C:\Program Files\OpenSC Project\OpenSC\pkcs11\opensc-pkcs11.dll";
certmgr.CertStorePassword = "123456"; // PIN
certmgr.ListStoreCertificates();

sftp.SSHCert = new Certificate(CertStoreTypes.cstPKCS11, secKeyBlob, "123456", "*");
sftp.SSHUser = "test";
sftp.SSHLogon("myhost", 22);
```

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| 0 (cstUser - default) | For Windows, this specifies that the certificate store is a certificate store owned by the current user. NOTE: This store type is not available in Java. |
| 1 (cstMachine) | For Windows, this specifies that the certificate store is a machine store. NOTE: This store type is not available in Java. |
| 2 (cstPFXFile) | The certificate store is the name of a PFX (PKCS#12) file containing certificates. |
| 3 (cstPFXBlob) | The certificate store is a string (binary or Base64-encoded) representing a certificate store in PFX (PKCS#12) format. |
| 4 (cstJKSFile) | The certificate store is the name of a Java Key Store (JKS) file containing certificates. NOTE: This store type is only available in Java. |
| 5 (cstJKSBlob) | The certificate store is a string (binary or Base64-encoded) representing a certificate store in Java Key Store (JKS) format. NOTE: This store type is only available in Java. |
| 6 (cstPEMKeyFile) | The certificate store is the name of a PEM-encoded file that contains a private key and an optional certificate. |
| 7 (cstPEMKeyBlob) | The certificate store is a string (binary or Base64-encoded) that contains a private key and an optional certificate. |
| 8 (cstPublicKeyFile) | The certificate store is the name of a file that contains a PEM- or DER-encoded public key certificate. |
| 9 (cstPublicKeyBlob) | The certificate store is a string (binary or Base64-encoded) that contains a PEM- or DER-encoded public key certificate. |
| 10 (cstSSHPublicKeyBlob) | The certificate store is a string (binary or Base64-encoded) that contains an SSH-style public key. |
| 11 (cstP7BFile) | The certificate store is the name of a PKCS#7 file containing certificates. |
| 12 (cstP7BBlob) | The certificate store is a string (binary) representing a certificate store in PKCS#7 format. |
| 13 (cstSSHPublicKeyFile) | The certificate store is the name of a file that contains an SSH-style public key. |
| 14 (cstPPKFile) | The certificate store is the name of a file that contains a PPK (PuTTY Private Key). |
| 15 (cstPPKBlob) | The certificate store is a string (binary) that contains a PPK (PuTTY Private Key). |
| 16 (cstXMLFile) | The certificate store is the name of a file that contains a certificate in XML format. |
| 17 (cstXMLBlob) | The certificate store is a string that contains a certificate in XML format. |
| 18 (cstJWKFile) | The certificate store is the name of a file that contains a JWK (JSON Web Key). |
| 19 (cstJWKBlob) | The certificate store is a string that contains a JWK (JSON Web Key). |
| 21 (cstBCFKSFile) | The certificate store is the name of a file that contains a BCFKS (Bouncy Castle FIPS Key Store). NOTE: This store type is only available in Java and .NET. |
| 22 (cstBCFKSBlob) | The certificate store is a string (binary or Base64-encoded) representing a certificate store in BCFKS (Bouncy Castle FIPS Key Store) format. NOTE: This store type is only available in Java and .NET. |
| 23 (cstPKCS11) | The certificate is present on a physical security key accessible via a PKCS#11 interface. To use a security key, create a new [Certificate](#Type_Certificate) object and pass cstPKCS11 as the [SSLAcceptServerCertStoreType](#sslacceptservercertstoretype-property-dropbox-component), the full path of the PKCS#11 DLL as the [SSLAcceptServerCertStore](#sslacceptservercertstore-property-dropbox-component), and the PIN as the [SSLAcceptServerCertStorePassword](#sslacceptservercertstorepassword-property-dropbox-component). Code Example. SSH Authentication with Security Key (without CertMgr): Alternatively, collect the necessary data using the [CertMgr](#CertMgr) component by calling the [ListStoreCertificates](#CertMgr_m_ListStoreCertificates) method after setting the corresponding properties accordingly. The certificate information returned in the [CertList](#CertMgr_e_CertList) event's CertEncoded parameter may be saved for later use. When using a certificate obtained with this approach, pass the previously saved security key information as the [SSLAcceptServerCertStore](#sslacceptservercertstore-property-dropbox-component) and set [SSLAcceptServerCertStorePassword](#sslacceptservercertstorepassword-property-dropbox-component) to the PIN. Code Example. SSH Authentication with Security Key (with CertMgr): |
| 99 (cstAuto) | The store type is automatically detected from the input data. This setting may be used with both public and private keys and can detect any of the supported formats automatically. |

## Data Type

Integer

# SSLAcceptServerCertSubjectAltNames Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

Comma-separated lists of alternative subject names for the certificate.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLAcceptServerCertSubjectAltNames = { read=FSSLAcceptServerCertSubjectAltNames };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

Comma-separated lists of alternative subject names for the certificate.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLAcceptServerCertThumbprintMD5 Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The MD5 hash of the certificate.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLAcceptServerCertThumbprintMD5 = { read=FSSLAcceptServerCertThumbprintMD5 };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The MD5 hash of the certificate. It is primarily used for X.509 certificates. If the hash does not already exist, it is automatically computed.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLAcceptServerCertThumbprintSHA1 Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The SHA-1 hash of the certificate.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLAcceptServerCertThumbprintSHA1 = { read=FSSLAcceptServerCertThumbprintSHA1 };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The SHA-1 hash of the certificate. It is primarily used for X.509 certificates. If the hash does not already exist, it is automatically computed.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLAcceptServerCertThumbprintSHA256 Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The SHA-256 hash of the certificate.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLAcceptServerCertThumbprintSHA256 = { read=FSSLAcceptServerCertThumbprintSHA256 };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The SHA-256 hash of the certificate. It is primarily used for X.509 certificates. If the hash does not already exist, it is automatically computed.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLAcceptServerCertUsage Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The text description of UsageFlags .

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLAcceptServerCertUsage = { read=FSSLAcceptServerCertUsage };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The text description of [SSLAcceptServerCertUsageFlags](#sslacceptservercertusageflags-property-dropbox-component).

This value will be one or more of the following strings and will be separated by commas:

- Digital Signature
- Non-Repudiation
- Key Encipherment
- Data Encipherment
- Key Agreement
- Certificate Signing
- CRL Signing
- Encipher Only

If the provider is OpenSSL, the value is a comma-separated list of X.509 certificate extension names.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLAcceptServerCertUsageFlags Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The flags that show intended use for the certificate.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property int SSLAcceptServerCertUsageFlags = { read=FSSLAcceptServerCertUsageFlags };
```

## Default Value

0

## Remarks

The flags that show intended use for the certificate. The value of [SSLAcceptServerCertUsageFlags](#sslacceptservercertusageflags-property-dropbox-component) is a combination of the following flags:

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| 0x80 | Digital Signature |
| 0x40 | Non-Repudiation |
| 0x20 | Key Encipherment |
| 0x10 | Data Encipherment |
| 0x08 | Key Agreement |
| 0x04 | Certificate Signing |
| 0x02 | CRL Signing |
| 0x01 | Encipher Only |

Please see the [SSLAcceptServerCertUsage](#sslacceptservercertusage-property-dropbox-component) property for a text representation of [SSLAcceptServerCertUsageFlags](#sslacceptservercertusageflags-property-dropbox-component).

This functionality currently is not available when the provider is OpenSSL.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

Integer

# SSLAcceptServerCertVersion Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The certificate's version number.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLAcceptServerCertVersion = { read=FSSLAcceptServerCertVersion };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The certificate's version number. The possible values are the strings "V1", "V2", and "V3".

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLAcceptServerCertSubject Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The subject of the certificate used for client authentication.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLAcceptServerCertSubject = { read=FSSLAcceptServerCertSubject, write=FSetSSLAcceptServerCertSubject };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The subject of the certificate used for client authentication.

This property must be set after all other certificate properties are set. When this property is set, a search is performed in the current certificate store to locate a certificate with a matching subject.

If a matching certificate is found, the property is set to the full subject of the matching certificate.

If an exact match is not found, the store is searched for subjects containing the value of the property.

If a match is still not found, the property is set to an empty string, and no certificate is selected.

The special value "*" picks a random certificate in the certificate store.

The certificate subject is a comma-separated list of distinguished name fields and values. For instance, "CN=www.server.com, OU=test, C=US, E=example@email.com". Common fields and their meanings are as follows:

| Field | Meaning |
| --- | --- |
| CN | Common Name. This is commonly a hostname like www.server.com. |
| O | Organization |
| OU | Organizational Unit |
| L | Locality |
| S | State |
| C | Country |
| E | Email Address |

If a field value contains a comma, it must be quoted.

## Data Type

String

# SSLAcceptServerCertEncoded Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The certificate (PEM/Base64 encoded).

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLAcceptServerCertEncoded = { read=FSSLAcceptServerCertEncoded, write=FSetSSLAcceptServerCertEncoded };
__property DynamicArray<Byte> SSLAcceptServerCertEncodedB = { read=FSSLAcceptServerCertEncodedB, write=FSetSSLAcceptServerCertEncodedB };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The certificate (PEM/Base64 encoded). This property is used to assign a specific certificate. The [SSLAcceptServerCertStore](#sslacceptservercertstore-property-dropbox-component) and [SSLAcceptServerCertSubject](#sslacceptservercertsubject-property-dropbox-component) properties also may be used to specify a certificate.

When [SSLAcceptServerCertEncoded](#sslacceptservercertencoded-property-dropbox-component) is set, a search is initiated in the current [SSLAcceptServerCertStore](#sslacceptservercertstore-property-dropbox-component) for the private key of the certificate. If the key is found, [SSLAcceptServerCertSubject](#sslacceptservercertsubject-property-dropbox-component) is updated to reflect the full subject of the selected certificate; otherwise, [SSLAcceptServerCertSubject](#sslacceptservercertsubject-property-dropbox-component) is set to an empty string.

This property is not available at design time.

## Data Type

Byte Array

# SSLCertEffectiveDate Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The date on which this certificate becomes valid.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLCertEffectiveDate = { read=FSSLCertEffectiveDate };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The date on which this certificate becomes valid. Before this date, it is not valid. The date is localized to the system's time zone. The following example illustrates the format of an encoded date:

23-Jan-2000 15:00:00.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLCertExpirationDate Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The date on which the certificate expires.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLCertExpirationDate = { read=FSSLCertExpirationDate };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The date on which the certificate expires. After this date, the certificate will no longer be valid. The date is localized to the system's time zone. The following example illustrates the format of an encoded date:

23-Jan-2001 15:00:00.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLCertExtendedKeyUsage Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

A comma-delimited list of extended key usage identifiers.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLCertExtendedKeyUsage = { read=FSSLCertExtendedKeyUsage };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

A comma-delimited list of extended key usage identifiers. These are the same as ASN.1 object identifiers (OIDs).

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLCertFingerprint Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The hex-encoded, 16-byte MD5 fingerprint of the certificate.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLCertFingerprint = { read=FSSLCertFingerprint };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The hex-encoded, 16-byte MD5 fingerprint of the certificate. This property is primarily used for keys which do not have a corresponding X.509 public certificate, such as PEM keys that only contain a private key. It is commonly used for SSH keys.

The following example illustrates the format: *bc:2a:72:af:fe:58:17:43:7a:5f:ba:5a:7c:90:f7:02*

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLCertFingerprintSHA1 Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The hex-encoded, 20-byte SHA-1 fingerprint of the certificate.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLCertFingerprintSHA1 = { read=FSSLCertFingerprintSHA1 };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The hex-encoded, 20-byte SHA-1 fingerprint of the certificate. This property is primarily used for keys which do not have a corresponding X.509 public certificate, such as PEM keys that only contain a private key. It is commonly used for SSH keys.

The following example illustrates the format: *30:7b:fa:38:65:83:ff:da:b4:4e:07:3f:17:b8:a4:ed:80:be:ff:84*

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLCertFingerprintSHA256 Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The hex-encoded, 32-byte SHA-256 fingerprint of the certificate.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLCertFingerprintSHA256 = { read=FSSLCertFingerprintSHA256 };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The hex-encoded, 32-byte SHA-256 fingerprint of the certificate. This property is primarily used for keys which do not have a corresponding X.509 public certificate, such as PEM keys that only contain a private key. It is commonly used for SSH keys.

The following example illustrates the format: *6a:80:5c:33:a9:43:ea:b0:96:12:8a:64:96:30:ef:4a:8a:96:86:ce:f4:c7:be:10:24:8e:2b:60:9e:f3:59:53*

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLCertIssuer Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The issuer of the certificate.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLCertIssuer = { read=FSSLCertIssuer };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The issuer of the certificate. This property contains a string representation of the name of the issuing authority for the certificate.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLCertPrivateKey Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The private key of the certificate (if available).

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLCertPrivateKey = { read=FSSLCertPrivateKey };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The private key of the certificate (if available). The key is provided as PEM/Base64-encoded data.

NOTE: The [SSLCertPrivateKey](#sslcertprivatekey-property-dropbox-component) may be available but not exportable. In this case, [SSLCertPrivateKey](#sslcertprivatekey-property-dropbox-component) returns an empty string.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLCertPrivateKeyAvailable Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

Whether a PrivateKey is available for the selected certificate.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property bool SSLCertPrivateKeyAvailable = { read=FSSLCertPrivateKeyAvailable };
```

## Default Value

false

## Remarks

Whether a [SSLCertPrivateKey](#sslcertprivatekey-property-dropbox-component) is available for the selected certificate. If [SSLCertPrivateKeyAvailable](#sslcertprivatekeyavailable-property-dropbox-component) is True, the certificate may be used for authentication purposes (e.g., server authentication).

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

Boolean

# SSLCertPrivateKeyContainer Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The name of the PrivateKey container for the certificate (if available).

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLCertPrivateKeyContainer = { read=FSSLCertPrivateKeyContainer };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The name of the [SSLCertPrivateKey](#sslcertprivatekey-property-dropbox-component) container for the certificate (if available). This functionality is available only on Windows platforms.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLCertPublicKey Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The public key of the certificate.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLCertPublicKey = { read=FSSLCertPublicKey };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The public key of the certificate. The key is provided as PEM/Base64-encoded data.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLCertPublicKeyAlgorithm Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The textual description of the certificate's public key algorithm.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLCertPublicKeyAlgorithm = { read=FSSLCertPublicKeyAlgorithm };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The textual description of the certificate's public key algorithm. The property contains either the name of the algorithm (e.g., "RSA" or "RSA_DH") or an object identifier (OID) string representing the algorithm.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLCertPublicKeyLength Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The length of the certificate's public key (in bits).

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property int SSLCertPublicKeyLength = { read=FSSLCertPublicKeyLength };
```

## Default Value

0

## Remarks

The length of the certificate's public key (in bits). Common values are 512, 1024, and 2048.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

Integer

# SSLCertSerialNumber Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The serial number of the certificate encoded as a string.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLCertSerialNumber = { read=FSSLCertSerialNumber };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The serial number of the certificate encoded as a string. The number is encoded as a series of hexadecimal digits, with each pair representing a byte of the serial number.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLCertSignatureAlgorithm Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The text description of the certificate's signature algorithm.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLCertSignatureAlgorithm = { read=FSSLCertSignatureAlgorithm };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The text description of the certificate's signature algorithm. The property contains either the name of the algorithm (e.g., "RSA" or "RSA_MD5RSA") or an object identifier (OID) string representing the algorithm.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLCertStore Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The name of the certificate store for the client certificate.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLCertStore = { read=FSSLCertStore, write=FSetSSLCertStore };
__property DynamicArray<Byte> SSLCertStoreB = { read=FSSLCertStoreB, write=FSetSSLCertStoreB };
```

## Default Value

"MY"

## Remarks

The name of the certificate store for the client certificate.

The [SSLCertStoreType](#sslcertstoretype-property-dropbox-component) property denotes the type of the certificate store specified by [SSLCertStore](#sslcertstore-property-dropbox-component). If the store is password-protected, specify the password in [SSLCertStorePassword](#sslcertstorepassword-property-dropbox-component).

[SSLCertStore](#sslcertstore-property-dropbox-component) is used in conjunction with the [SSLCertSubject](#sslcertsubject-property-dropbox-component) property to specify client certificates. If [SSLCertStore](#sslcertstore-property-dropbox-component) has a value, and [SSLCertSubject](#sslcertsubject-property-dropbox-component) or [SSLCertEncoded](#sslcertencoded-property-dropbox-component) is set, a search for a certificate is initiated. Please see the [SSLCertSubject](#sslcertsubject-property-dropbox-component) property for details.

 Designations of certificate stores are platform dependent.

The following designations are the most common User and Machine certificate stores in Windows:

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| MY | A certificate store holding personal certificates with their associated private keys. |
| CA | Certifying authority certificates. |
| ROOT | Root certificates. |

When the certificate store type is *cstPFXFile*, this property must be set to the name of the file. When the type is *cstPFXBlob*, the property must be set to the binary contents of a PFX file (i.e., PKCS#12 certificate store).

## Data Type

Byte Array

# SSLCertStorePassword Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

If the type of certificate store requires a password, this property is used to specify the password needed to open the certificate store.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLCertStorePassword = { read=FSSLCertStorePassword, write=FSetSSLCertStorePassword };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

If the type of certificate store requires a password, this property is used to specify the password needed to open the certificate store.

## Data Type

String

# SSLCertStoreType Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The type of certificate store for this certificate.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property TcsDropboxSSLCertStoreTypes SSLCertStoreType = { read=FSSLCertStoreType, write=FSetSSLCertStoreType };
enum TcsDropboxSSLCertStoreTypes {
  cstUser=0,
  cstMachine=1,
  cstPFXFile=2,
  cstPFXBlob=3,
  cstJKSFile=4,
  cstJKSBlob=5,
  cstPEMKeyFile=6,
  cstPEMKeyBlob=7,
  cstPublicKeyFile=8,
  cstPublicKeyBlob=9,
  cstSSHPublicKeyBlob=10,
  cstP7BFile=11,
  cstP7BBlob=12,
  cstSSHPublicKeyFile=13,
  cstPPKFile=14,
  cstPPKBlob=15,
  cstXMLFile=16,
  cstXMLBlob=17,
  cstJWKFile=18,
  cstJWKBlob=19,
  cstSecurityKey=20,
  cstBCFKSFile=21,
  cstBCFKSBlob=22,
  cstPKCS11=23,
  cstAuto=99
};
```

## Default Value

cstUser

## Remarks

The type of certificate store for this certificate.

 The component supports both public and private keys in a variety of formats. When the *cstAuto* value is used, the component will automatically determine the type. This property can take one of the following values:

```csharp
sftp.SSHCert = new Certificate(CertStoreTypes.cstPKCS11,
                               @"C:\Program Files\OpenSC Project\OpenSC\pkcs11\opensc-pkcs11.dll",
                               "123456", // PIN
                               "CN=cert_subject");
sftp.SSHUser = "test";
sftp.SSHLogon("myhost", 22);
```

```csharp
certmgr.CertStoreType = CertStoreTypes.cstPKCS11;
certmgr.OnCertList += (s, e) => {
  secKeyBlob = e.CertEncoded;
};
certmgr.CertStore = @"C:\Program Files\OpenSC Project\OpenSC\pkcs11\opensc-pkcs11.dll";
certmgr.CertStorePassword = "123456"; // PIN
certmgr.ListStoreCertificates();

sftp.SSHCert = new Certificate(CertStoreTypes.cstPKCS11, secKeyBlob, "123456", "*");
sftp.SSHUser = "test";
sftp.SSHLogon("myhost", 22);
```

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| 0 (cstUser - default) | For Windows, this specifies that the certificate store is a certificate store owned by the current user. NOTE: This store type is not available in Java. |
| 1 (cstMachine) | For Windows, this specifies that the certificate store is a machine store. NOTE: This store type is not available in Java. |
| 2 (cstPFXFile) | The certificate store is the name of a PFX (PKCS#12) file containing certificates. |
| 3 (cstPFXBlob) | The certificate store is a string (binary or Base64-encoded) representing a certificate store in PFX (PKCS#12) format. |
| 4 (cstJKSFile) | The certificate store is the name of a Java Key Store (JKS) file containing certificates. NOTE: This store type is only available in Java. |
| 5 (cstJKSBlob) | The certificate store is a string (binary or Base64-encoded) representing a certificate store in Java Key Store (JKS) format. NOTE: This store type is only available in Java. |
| 6 (cstPEMKeyFile) | The certificate store is the name of a PEM-encoded file that contains a private key and an optional certificate. |
| 7 (cstPEMKeyBlob) | The certificate store is a string (binary or Base64-encoded) that contains a private key and an optional certificate. |
| 8 (cstPublicKeyFile) | The certificate store is the name of a file that contains a PEM- or DER-encoded public key certificate. |
| 9 (cstPublicKeyBlob) | The certificate store is a string (binary or Base64-encoded) that contains a PEM- or DER-encoded public key certificate. |
| 10 (cstSSHPublicKeyBlob) | The certificate store is a string (binary or Base64-encoded) that contains an SSH-style public key. |
| 11 (cstP7BFile) | The certificate store is the name of a PKCS#7 file containing certificates. |
| 12 (cstP7BBlob) | The certificate store is a string (binary) representing a certificate store in PKCS#7 format. |
| 13 (cstSSHPublicKeyFile) | The certificate store is the name of a file that contains an SSH-style public key. |
| 14 (cstPPKFile) | The certificate store is the name of a file that contains a PPK (PuTTY Private Key). |
| 15 (cstPPKBlob) | The certificate store is a string (binary) that contains a PPK (PuTTY Private Key). |
| 16 (cstXMLFile) | The certificate store is the name of a file that contains a certificate in XML format. |
| 17 (cstXMLBlob) | The certificate store is a string that contains a certificate in XML format. |
| 18 (cstJWKFile) | The certificate store is the name of a file that contains a JWK (JSON Web Key). |
| 19 (cstJWKBlob) | The certificate store is a string that contains a JWK (JSON Web Key). |
| 21 (cstBCFKSFile) | The certificate store is the name of a file that contains a BCFKS (Bouncy Castle FIPS Key Store). NOTE: This store type is only available in Java and .NET. |
| 22 (cstBCFKSBlob) | The certificate store is a string (binary or Base64-encoded) representing a certificate store in BCFKS (Bouncy Castle FIPS Key Store) format. NOTE: This store type is only available in Java and .NET. |
| 23 (cstPKCS11) | The certificate is present on a physical security key accessible via a PKCS#11 interface. To use a security key, create a new [Certificate](#Type_Certificate) object and pass cstPKCS11 as the [SSLCertStoreType](#sslcertstoretype-property-dropbox-component), the full path of the PKCS#11 DLL as the [SSLCertStore](#sslcertstore-property-dropbox-component), and the PIN as the [SSLCertStorePassword](#sslcertstorepassword-property-dropbox-component). Code Example. SSH Authentication with Security Key (without CertMgr): Alternatively, collect the necessary data using the [CertMgr](#CertMgr) component by calling the [ListStoreCertificates](#CertMgr_m_ListStoreCertificates) method after setting the corresponding properties accordingly. The certificate information returned in the [CertList](#CertMgr_e_CertList) event's CertEncoded parameter may be saved for later use. When using a certificate obtained with this approach, pass the previously saved security key information as the [SSLCertStore](#sslcertstore-property-dropbox-component) and set [SSLCertStorePassword](#sslcertstorepassword-property-dropbox-component) to the PIN. Code Example. SSH Authentication with Security Key (with CertMgr): |
| 99 (cstAuto) | The store type is automatically detected from the input data. This setting may be used with both public and private keys and can detect any of the supported formats automatically. |

## Data Type

Integer

# SSLCertSubjectAltNames Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

Comma-separated lists of alternative subject names for the certificate.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLCertSubjectAltNames = { read=FSSLCertSubjectAltNames };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

Comma-separated lists of alternative subject names for the certificate.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLCertThumbprintMD5 Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The MD5 hash of the certificate.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLCertThumbprintMD5 = { read=FSSLCertThumbprintMD5 };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The MD5 hash of the certificate. It is primarily used for X.509 certificates. If the hash does not already exist, it is automatically computed.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLCertThumbprintSHA1 Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The SHA-1 hash of the certificate.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLCertThumbprintSHA1 = { read=FSSLCertThumbprintSHA1 };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The SHA-1 hash of the certificate. It is primarily used for X.509 certificates. If the hash does not already exist, it is automatically computed.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLCertThumbprintSHA256 Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The SHA-256 hash of the certificate.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLCertThumbprintSHA256 = { read=FSSLCertThumbprintSHA256 };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The SHA-256 hash of the certificate. It is primarily used for X.509 certificates. If the hash does not already exist, it is automatically computed.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLCertUsage Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The text description of UsageFlags .

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLCertUsage = { read=FSSLCertUsage };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The text description of [SSLCertUsageFlags](#sslcertusageflags-property-dropbox-component).

This value will be one or more of the following strings and will be separated by commas:

- Digital Signature
- Non-Repudiation
- Key Encipherment
- Data Encipherment
- Key Agreement
- Certificate Signing
- CRL Signing
- Encipher Only

If the provider is OpenSSL, the value is a comma-separated list of X.509 certificate extension names.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLCertUsageFlags Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The flags that show intended use for the certificate.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property int SSLCertUsageFlags = { read=FSSLCertUsageFlags };
```

## Default Value

0

## Remarks

The flags that show intended use for the certificate. The value of [SSLCertUsageFlags](#sslcertusageflags-property-dropbox-component) is a combination of the following flags:

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| 0x80 | Digital Signature |
| 0x40 | Non-Repudiation |
| 0x20 | Key Encipherment |
| 0x10 | Data Encipherment |
| 0x08 | Key Agreement |
| 0x04 | Certificate Signing |
| 0x02 | CRL Signing |
| 0x01 | Encipher Only |

Please see the [SSLCertUsage](#sslcertusage-property-dropbox-component) property for a text representation of [SSLCertUsageFlags](#sslcertusageflags-property-dropbox-component).

This functionality currently is not available when the provider is OpenSSL.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

Integer

# SSLCertVersion Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The certificate's version number.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLCertVersion = { read=FSSLCertVersion };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The certificate's version number. The possible values are the strings "V1", "V2", and "V3".

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLCertSubject Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The subject of the certificate used for client authentication.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLCertSubject = { read=FSSLCertSubject, write=FSetSSLCertSubject };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The subject of the certificate used for client authentication.

This property must be set after all other certificate properties are set. When this property is set, a search is performed in the current certificate store to locate a certificate with a matching subject.

If a matching certificate is found, the property is set to the full subject of the matching certificate.

If an exact match is not found, the store is searched for subjects containing the value of the property.

If a match is still not found, the property is set to an empty string, and no certificate is selected.

The special value "*" picks a random certificate in the certificate store.

The certificate subject is a comma-separated list of distinguished name fields and values. For instance, "CN=www.server.com, OU=test, C=US, E=example@email.com". Common fields and their meanings are as follows:

| Field | Meaning |
| --- | --- |
| CN | Common Name. This is commonly a hostname like www.server.com. |
| O | Organization |
| OU | Organizational Unit |
| L | Locality |
| S | State |
| C | Country |
| E | Email Address |

If a field value contains a comma, it must be quoted.

## Data Type

String

# SSLCertEncoded Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The certificate (PEM/Base64 encoded).

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLCertEncoded = { read=FSSLCertEncoded, write=FSetSSLCertEncoded };
__property DynamicArray<Byte> SSLCertEncodedB = { read=FSSLCertEncodedB, write=FSetSSLCertEncodedB };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The certificate (PEM/Base64 encoded). This property is used to assign a specific certificate. The [SSLCertStore](#sslcertstore-property-dropbox-component) and [SSLCertSubject](#sslcertsubject-property-dropbox-component) properties also may be used to specify a certificate.

When [SSLCertEncoded](#sslcertencoded-property-dropbox-component) is set, a search is initiated in the current [SSLCertStore](#sslcertstore-property-dropbox-component) for the private key of the certificate. If the key is found, [SSLCertSubject](#sslcertsubject-property-dropbox-component) is updated to reflect the full subject of the selected certificate; otherwise, [SSLCertSubject](#sslcertsubject-property-dropbox-component) is set to an empty string.

This property is not available at design time.

## Data Type

Byte Array

# SSLProvider Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The Secure Sockets Layer/Transport Layer Security (SSL/TLS) implementation to use.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property TcsDropboxSSLProviders SSLProvider = { read=FSSLProvider, write=FSetSSLProvider };
enum TcsDropboxSSLProviders {
  sslpAutomatic=0,
  sslpPlatform=1,
  sslpInternal=2
};
```

## Default Value

sslpAutomatic

## Remarks

This property specifies the SSL/TLS implementation to use. In most cases the default value of *0* (Automatic) is recommended and should not be changed. When set to *0* (Automatic), the component will select whether to use the platform implementation or the internal implementation depending on the operating system as well as the TLS version being used.

Possible values are as follows:

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| 0 (sslpAutomatic - default) | Automatically selects the appropriate implementation. |
| 1 (sslpPlatform) | Uses the platform/system implementation. |
| 2 (sslpInternal) | Uses the internal implementation. |

 **Additional Notes**

In most cases using the default value (Automatic) is recommended. The component will select a provider depending on the current platform.

When Automatic is selected, the platform implementation is used by default. When TLS 1.3 is enabled via [SSLEnabledProtocols](#SSLEnabledProtocols), the component will always try and use the platform implementation. If the platform TLS 1.3 implementation is not available, the internal implementation will be used.

## Data Type

Integer

# SSLServerCertEffectiveDate Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The date on which this certificate becomes valid.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLServerCertEffectiveDate = { read=FSSLServerCertEffectiveDate };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The date on which this certificate becomes valid. Before this date, it is not valid. The date is localized to the system's time zone. The following example illustrates the format of an encoded date:

23-Jan-2000 15:00:00.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLServerCertExpirationDate Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The date on which the certificate expires.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLServerCertExpirationDate = { read=FSSLServerCertExpirationDate };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The date on which the certificate expires. After this date, the certificate will no longer be valid. The date is localized to the system's time zone. The following example illustrates the format of an encoded date:

23-Jan-2001 15:00:00.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLServerCertExtendedKeyUsage Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

A comma-delimited list of extended key usage identifiers.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLServerCertExtendedKeyUsage = { read=FSSLServerCertExtendedKeyUsage };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

A comma-delimited list of extended key usage identifiers. These are the same as ASN.1 object identifiers (OIDs).

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLServerCertFingerprint Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The hex-encoded, 16-byte MD5 fingerprint of the certificate.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLServerCertFingerprint = { read=FSSLServerCertFingerprint };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The hex-encoded, 16-byte MD5 fingerprint of the certificate. This property is primarily used for keys which do not have a corresponding X.509 public certificate, such as PEM keys that only contain a private key. It is commonly used for SSH keys.

The following example illustrates the format: *bc:2a:72:af:fe:58:17:43:7a:5f:ba:5a:7c:90:f7:02*

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLServerCertFingerprintSHA1 Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The hex-encoded, 20-byte SHA-1 fingerprint of the certificate.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLServerCertFingerprintSHA1 = { read=FSSLServerCertFingerprintSHA1 };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The hex-encoded, 20-byte SHA-1 fingerprint of the certificate. This property is primarily used for keys which do not have a corresponding X.509 public certificate, such as PEM keys that only contain a private key. It is commonly used for SSH keys.

The following example illustrates the format: *30:7b:fa:38:65:83:ff:da:b4:4e:07:3f:17:b8:a4:ed:80:be:ff:84*

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLServerCertFingerprintSHA256 Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The hex-encoded, 32-byte SHA-256 fingerprint of the certificate.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLServerCertFingerprintSHA256 = { read=FSSLServerCertFingerprintSHA256 };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The hex-encoded, 32-byte SHA-256 fingerprint of the certificate. This property is primarily used for keys which do not have a corresponding X.509 public certificate, such as PEM keys that only contain a private key. It is commonly used for SSH keys.

The following example illustrates the format: *6a:80:5c:33:a9:43:ea:b0:96:12:8a:64:96:30:ef:4a:8a:96:86:ce:f4:c7:be:10:24:8e:2b:60:9e:f3:59:53*

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLServerCertIssuer Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The issuer of the certificate.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLServerCertIssuer = { read=FSSLServerCertIssuer };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The issuer of the certificate. This property contains a string representation of the name of the issuing authority for the certificate.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLServerCertPrivateKey Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The private key of the certificate (if available).

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLServerCertPrivateKey = { read=FSSLServerCertPrivateKey };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The private key of the certificate (if available). The key is provided as PEM/Base64-encoded data.

NOTE: The [SSLServerCertPrivateKey](#sslservercertprivatekey-property-dropbox-component) may be available but not exportable. In this case, [SSLServerCertPrivateKey](#sslservercertprivatekey-property-dropbox-component) returns an empty string.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLServerCertPrivateKeyAvailable Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

Whether a PrivateKey is available for the selected certificate.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property bool SSLServerCertPrivateKeyAvailable = { read=FSSLServerCertPrivateKeyAvailable };
```

## Default Value

false

## Remarks

Whether a [SSLServerCertPrivateKey](#sslservercertprivatekey-property-dropbox-component) is available for the selected certificate. If [SSLServerCertPrivateKeyAvailable](#sslservercertprivatekeyavailable-property-dropbox-component) is True, the certificate may be used for authentication purposes (e.g., server authentication).

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

Boolean

# SSLServerCertPrivateKeyContainer Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The name of the PrivateKey container for the certificate (if available).

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLServerCertPrivateKeyContainer = { read=FSSLServerCertPrivateKeyContainer };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The name of the [SSLServerCertPrivateKey](#sslservercertprivatekey-property-dropbox-component) container for the certificate (if available). This functionality is available only on Windows platforms.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLServerCertPublicKey Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The public key of the certificate.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLServerCertPublicKey = { read=FSSLServerCertPublicKey };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The public key of the certificate. The key is provided as PEM/Base64-encoded data.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLServerCertPublicKeyAlgorithm Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The textual description of the certificate's public key algorithm.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLServerCertPublicKeyAlgorithm = { read=FSSLServerCertPublicKeyAlgorithm };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The textual description of the certificate's public key algorithm. The property contains either the name of the algorithm (e.g., "RSA" or "RSA_DH") or an object identifier (OID) string representing the algorithm.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLServerCertPublicKeyLength Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The length of the certificate's public key (in bits).

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property int SSLServerCertPublicKeyLength = { read=FSSLServerCertPublicKeyLength };
```

## Default Value

0

## Remarks

The length of the certificate's public key (in bits). Common values are 512, 1024, and 2048.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

Integer

# SSLServerCertSerialNumber Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The serial number of the certificate encoded as a string.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLServerCertSerialNumber = { read=FSSLServerCertSerialNumber };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The serial number of the certificate encoded as a string. The number is encoded as a series of hexadecimal digits, with each pair representing a byte of the serial number.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLServerCertSignatureAlgorithm Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The text description of the certificate's signature algorithm.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLServerCertSignatureAlgorithm = { read=FSSLServerCertSignatureAlgorithm };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The text description of the certificate's signature algorithm. The property contains either the name of the algorithm (e.g., "RSA" or "RSA_MD5RSA") or an object identifier (OID) string representing the algorithm.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLServerCertStore Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The name of the certificate store for the client certificate.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLServerCertStore = { read=FSSLServerCertStore };
__property DynamicArray<Byte> SSLServerCertStoreB = { read=FSSLServerCertStoreB };
```

## Default Value

"MY"

## Remarks

The name of the certificate store for the client certificate.

The [SSLServerCertStoreType](#sslservercertstoretype-property-dropbox-component) property denotes the type of the certificate store specified by [SSLServerCertStore](#sslservercertstore-property-dropbox-component). If the store is password-protected, specify the password in [SSLServerCertStorePassword](#sslservercertstorepassword-property-dropbox-component).

[SSLServerCertStore](#sslservercertstore-property-dropbox-component) is used in conjunction with the [SSLServerCertSubject](#sslservercertsubject-property-dropbox-component) property to specify client certificates. If [SSLServerCertStore](#sslservercertstore-property-dropbox-component) has a value, and [SSLServerCertSubject](#sslservercertsubject-property-dropbox-component) or [SSLServerCertEncoded](#sslservercertencoded-property-dropbox-component) is set, a search for a certificate is initiated. Please see the [SSLServerCertSubject](#sslservercertsubject-property-dropbox-component) property for details.

 Designations of certificate stores are platform dependent.

The following designations are the most common User and Machine certificate stores in Windows:

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| MY | A certificate store holding personal certificates with their associated private keys. |
| CA | Certifying authority certificates. |
| ROOT | Root certificates. |

When the certificate store type is *cstPFXFile*, this property must be set to the name of the file. When the type is *cstPFXBlob*, the property must be set to the binary contents of a PFX file (i.e., PKCS#12 certificate store).

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

Byte Array

# SSLServerCertStorePassword Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

If the type of certificate store requires a password, this property is used to specify the password needed to open the certificate store.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLServerCertStorePassword = { read=FSSLServerCertStorePassword };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

If the type of certificate store requires a password, this property is used to specify the password needed to open the certificate store.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLServerCertStoreType Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The type of certificate store for this certificate.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property TcsDropboxSSLServerCertStoreTypes SSLServerCertStoreType = { read=FSSLServerCertStoreType };
enum TcsDropboxSSLServerCertStoreTypes {
  cstUser=0,
  cstMachine=1,
  cstPFXFile=2,
  cstPFXBlob=3,
  cstJKSFile=4,
  cstJKSBlob=5,
  cstPEMKeyFile=6,
  cstPEMKeyBlob=7,
  cstPublicKeyFile=8,
  cstPublicKeyBlob=9,
  cstSSHPublicKeyBlob=10,
  cstP7BFile=11,
  cstP7BBlob=12,
  cstSSHPublicKeyFile=13,
  cstPPKFile=14,
  cstPPKBlob=15,
  cstXMLFile=16,
  cstXMLBlob=17,
  cstJWKFile=18,
  cstJWKBlob=19,
  cstSecurityKey=20,
  cstBCFKSFile=21,
  cstBCFKSBlob=22,
  cstPKCS11=23,
  cstAuto=99
};
```

## Default Value

cstUser

## Remarks

The type of certificate store for this certificate.

 The component supports both public and private keys in a variety of formats. When the *cstAuto* value is used, the component will automatically determine the type. This property can take one of the following values:

```csharp
sftp.SSHCert = new Certificate(CertStoreTypes.cstPKCS11,
                               @"C:\Program Files\OpenSC Project\OpenSC\pkcs11\opensc-pkcs11.dll",
                               "123456", // PIN
                               "CN=cert_subject");
sftp.SSHUser = "test";
sftp.SSHLogon("myhost", 22);
```

```csharp
certmgr.CertStoreType = CertStoreTypes.cstPKCS11;
certmgr.OnCertList += (s, e) => {
  secKeyBlob = e.CertEncoded;
};
certmgr.CertStore = @"C:\Program Files\OpenSC Project\OpenSC\pkcs11\opensc-pkcs11.dll";
certmgr.CertStorePassword = "123456"; // PIN
certmgr.ListStoreCertificates();

sftp.SSHCert = new Certificate(CertStoreTypes.cstPKCS11, secKeyBlob, "123456", "*");
sftp.SSHUser = "test";
sftp.SSHLogon("myhost", 22);
```

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| 0 (cstUser - default) | For Windows, this specifies that the certificate store is a certificate store owned by the current user. NOTE: This store type is not available in Java. |
| 1 (cstMachine) | For Windows, this specifies that the certificate store is a machine store. NOTE: This store type is not available in Java. |
| 2 (cstPFXFile) | The certificate store is the name of a PFX (PKCS#12) file containing certificates. |
| 3 (cstPFXBlob) | The certificate store is a string (binary or Base64-encoded) representing a certificate store in PFX (PKCS#12) format. |
| 4 (cstJKSFile) | The certificate store is the name of a Java Key Store (JKS) file containing certificates. NOTE: This store type is only available in Java. |
| 5 (cstJKSBlob) | The certificate store is a string (binary or Base64-encoded) representing a certificate store in Java Key Store (JKS) format. NOTE: This store type is only available in Java. |
| 6 (cstPEMKeyFile) | The certificate store is the name of a PEM-encoded file that contains a private key and an optional certificate. |
| 7 (cstPEMKeyBlob) | The certificate store is a string (binary or Base64-encoded) that contains a private key and an optional certificate. |
| 8 (cstPublicKeyFile) | The certificate store is the name of a file that contains a PEM- or DER-encoded public key certificate. |
| 9 (cstPublicKeyBlob) | The certificate store is a string (binary or Base64-encoded) that contains a PEM- or DER-encoded public key certificate. |
| 10 (cstSSHPublicKeyBlob) | The certificate store is a string (binary or Base64-encoded) that contains an SSH-style public key. |
| 11 (cstP7BFile) | The certificate store is the name of a PKCS#7 file containing certificates. |
| 12 (cstP7BBlob) | The certificate store is a string (binary) representing a certificate store in PKCS#7 format. |
| 13 (cstSSHPublicKeyFile) | The certificate store is the name of a file that contains an SSH-style public key. |
| 14 (cstPPKFile) | The certificate store is the name of a file that contains a PPK (PuTTY Private Key). |
| 15 (cstPPKBlob) | The certificate store is a string (binary) that contains a PPK (PuTTY Private Key). |
| 16 (cstXMLFile) | The certificate store is the name of a file that contains a certificate in XML format. |
| 17 (cstXMLBlob) | The certificate store is a string that contains a certificate in XML format. |
| 18 (cstJWKFile) | The certificate store is the name of a file that contains a JWK (JSON Web Key). |
| 19 (cstJWKBlob) | The certificate store is a string that contains a JWK (JSON Web Key). |
| 21 (cstBCFKSFile) | The certificate store is the name of a file that contains a BCFKS (Bouncy Castle FIPS Key Store). NOTE: This store type is only available in Java and .NET. |
| 22 (cstBCFKSBlob) | The certificate store is a string (binary or Base64-encoded) representing a certificate store in BCFKS (Bouncy Castle FIPS Key Store) format. NOTE: This store type is only available in Java and .NET. |
| 23 (cstPKCS11) | The certificate is present on a physical security key accessible via a PKCS#11 interface. To use a security key, create a new [Certificate](#Type_Certificate) object and pass cstPKCS11 as the [SSLServerCertStoreType](#sslservercertstoretype-property-dropbox-component), the full path of the PKCS#11 DLL as the [SSLServerCertStore](#sslservercertstore-property-dropbox-component), and the PIN as the [SSLServerCertStorePassword](#sslservercertstorepassword-property-dropbox-component). Code Example. SSH Authentication with Security Key (without CertMgr): Alternatively, collect the necessary data using the [CertMgr](#CertMgr) component by calling the [ListStoreCertificates](#CertMgr_m_ListStoreCertificates) method after setting the corresponding properties accordingly. The certificate information returned in the [CertList](#CertMgr_e_CertList) event's CertEncoded parameter may be saved for later use. When using a certificate obtained with this approach, pass the previously saved security key information as the [SSLServerCertStore](#sslservercertstore-property-dropbox-component) and set [SSLServerCertStorePassword](#sslservercertstorepassword-property-dropbox-component) to the PIN. Code Example. SSH Authentication with Security Key (with CertMgr): |
| 99 (cstAuto) | The store type is automatically detected from the input data. This setting may be used with both public and private keys and can detect any of the supported formats automatically. |

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

Integer

# SSLServerCertSubjectAltNames Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

Comma-separated lists of alternative subject names for the certificate.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLServerCertSubjectAltNames = { read=FSSLServerCertSubjectAltNames };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

Comma-separated lists of alternative subject names for the certificate.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLServerCertThumbprintMD5 Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The MD5 hash of the certificate.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLServerCertThumbprintMD5 = { read=FSSLServerCertThumbprintMD5 };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The MD5 hash of the certificate. It is primarily used for X.509 certificates. If the hash does not already exist, it is automatically computed.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLServerCertThumbprintSHA1 Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The SHA-1 hash of the certificate.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLServerCertThumbprintSHA1 = { read=FSSLServerCertThumbprintSHA1 };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The SHA-1 hash of the certificate. It is primarily used for X.509 certificates. If the hash does not already exist, it is automatically computed.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLServerCertThumbprintSHA256 Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The SHA-256 hash of the certificate.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLServerCertThumbprintSHA256 = { read=FSSLServerCertThumbprintSHA256 };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The SHA-256 hash of the certificate. It is primarily used for X.509 certificates. If the hash does not already exist, it is automatically computed.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLServerCertUsage Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The text description of UsageFlags .

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLServerCertUsage = { read=FSSLServerCertUsage };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The text description of [SSLServerCertUsageFlags](#sslservercertusageflags-property-dropbox-component).

This value will be one or more of the following strings and will be separated by commas:

- Digital Signature
- Non-Repudiation
- Key Encipherment
- Data Encipherment
- Key Agreement
- Certificate Signing
- CRL Signing
- Encipher Only

If the provider is OpenSSL, the value is a comma-separated list of X.509 certificate extension names.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLServerCertUsageFlags Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The flags that show intended use for the certificate.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property int SSLServerCertUsageFlags = { read=FSSLServerCertUsageFlags };
```

## Default Value

0

## Remarks

The flags that show intended use for the certificate. The value of [SSLServerCertUsageFlags](#sslservercertusageflags-property-dropbox-component) is a combination of the following flags:

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| 0x80 | Digital Signature |
| 0x40 | Non-Repudiation |
| 0x20 | Key Encipherment |
| 0x10 | Data Encipherment |
| 0x08 | Key Agreement |
| 0x04 | Certificate Signing |
| 0x02 | CRL Signing |
| 0x01 | Encipher Only |

Please see the [SSLServerCertUsage](#sslservercertusage-property-dropbox-component) property for a text representation of [SSLServerCertUsageFlags](#sslservercertusageflags-property-dropbox-component).

This functionality currently is not available when the provider is OpenSSL.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

Integer

# SSLServerCertVersion Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The certificate's version number.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLServerCertVersion = { read=FSSLServerCertVersion };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The certificate's version number. The possible values are the strings "V1", "V2", and "V3".

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLServerCertSubject Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The subject of the certificate used for client authentication.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLServerCertSubject = { read=FSSLServerCertSubject };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The subject of the certificate used for client authentication.

This property must be set after all other certificate properties are set. When this property is set, a search is performed in the current certificate store to locate a certificate with a matching subject.

If a matching certificate is found, the property is set to the full subject of the matching certificate.

If an exact match is not found, the store is searched for subjects containing the value of the property.

If a match is still not found, the property is set to an empty string, and no certificate is selected.

The special value "*" picks a random certificate in the certificate store.

The certificate subject is a comma-separated list of distinguished name fields and values. For instance, "CN=www.server.com, OU=test, C=US, E=example@email.com". Common fields and their meanings are as follows:

| Field | Meaning |
| --- | --- |
| CN | Common Name. This is commonly a hostname like www.server.com. |
| O | Organization |
| OU | Organizational Unit |
| L | Locality |
| S | State |
| C | Country |
| E | Email Address |

If a field value contains a comma, it must be quoted.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLServerCertEncoded Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The certificate (PEM/Base64 encoded).

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String SSLServerCertEncoded = { read=FSSLServerCertEncoded };
__property DynamicArray<Byte> SSLServerCertEncodedB = { read=FSSLServerCertEncodedB };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

The certificate (PEM/Base64 encoded). This property is used to assign a specific certificate. The [SSLServerCertStore](#sslservercertstore-property-dropbox-component) and [SSLServerCertSubject](#sslservercertsubject-property-dropbox-component) properties also may be used to specify a certificate.

When [SSLServerCertEncoded](#sslservercertencoded-property-dropbox-component) is set, a search is initiated in the current [SSLServerCertStore](#sslservercertstore-property-dropbox-component) for the private key of the certificate. If the key is found, [SSLServerCertSubject](#sslservercertsubject-property-dropbox-component) is updated to reflect the full subject of the selected certificate; otherwise, [SSLServerCertSubject](#sslservercertsubject-property-dropbox-component) is set to an empty string.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

Byte Array

# StartByte Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The byte offset from which to start the upload or download.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property __int64 StartByte = { read=FStartByte, write=FSetStartByte };
```

## Default Value

0

## Remarks

This property may be set to resume an upload or download; it specifies the offset in the file from which to resume. See [UploadFile](#uploadfile-method-dropbox-component) and [DownloadFile](#downloadfile-method-dropbox-component) for details about resuming uploads and downloads.

This property is not available at design time.

## Data Type

Long64

# Timeout Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The timeout for the component.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property int Timeout = { read=FTimeout, write=FSetTimeout };
```

## Default Value

60

## Remarks

If the Timeout property is set to 0, all operations will run uninterrupted until successful completion or an error condition is encountered.

If Timeout is set to a positive value, the component will wait for the operation to complete before returning control.

The component will use DoEvents to enter an efficient wait loop during any potential waiting period, making sure that all system events are processed immediately as they arrive. This ensures that the host application does not freeze and remains responsive.

If Timeout expires, and the operation is not yet complete, the component raises an exception.

NOTE: By default, all timeouts are *inactivity timeouts*, that is, the timeout period is extended by Timeout seconds when any amount of data is successfully sent or received.

The default value for the Timeout property is 60 seconds.

## Data Type

Integer

# UploadSessionId Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

The Id of the resumable upload session.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property String UploadSessionId = { read=FUploadSessionId, write=FSetUploadSessionId };
```

## Default Value

""

## Remarks

This property specifies the Id of the resumable upload session. This is populated by the component when [UseResumableUpload](#useresumableupload-property-dropbox-component) is set to *true* and [UploadFile](#uploadfile-method-dropbox-component) is called to initiate the upload.

This must be set when resuming an upload. See [UploadFile](#uploadfile-method-dropbox-component) for details.

This property is not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# UseResumableUpload Property ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

Whether to use resumable uploads.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
__property bool UseResumableUpload = { read=FUseResumableUpload, write=FSetUseResumableUpload };
```

## Default Value

false

## Remarks

This property controls whether simple or resumable uploads are used when [UploadFile](#uploadfile-method-dropbox-component) is called. The default value is *false* (simple uploads are used).

Refer to [UploadFile](#uploadfile-method-dropbox-component) for more information.

This property is not available at design time.

## Data Type

Boolean

# AddQueryParam Method ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

Adds a query parameter to the QueryParams properties.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
void __fastcall AddQueryParam(String Name, String Value);
```

## Remarks

This method is used to add a query parameter to the QueryParams properties. *Name* specifies the name of the parameter, and *Value* specifies the value of the parameter.

All specified *Value*s will be URL encoded by the component automatically. Consult the service documentation for details on the available parameters.

# Authorize Method ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

Get the authorization string required to access the protected resource.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
void __fastcall Authorize();
```

## Remarks

This method is used to get an access token that is required to access the protected resource. The method will act differently based on what is set in the [OAuthClientProfile](#oauthclientprofile-property-dropbox-component) property and the [OAuthGrantType](#oauthgranttype-property-dropbox-component) property. This method is **not** to be used in conjunction with the [Authorization](#authorization-property-dropbox-component) property. It should instead be used when setting the OAuth property.

For more information, see the introduction section.

# Config Method ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

Sets or retrieves a configuration setting.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
String __fastcall Config(String ConfigurationString);
```

## Remarks

Config is a generic method available in every component. It is used to set and retrieve [configuration settings](#config-settings-dropbox-component) for the component.

These settings are similar in functionality to properties, but they are rarely used. In order to avoid "polluting" the property namespace of the component, access to these *internal properties* is provided through the Config method.

To set a configuration setting named *PROPERTY*, you must call *Config("PROPERTY=VALUE")*, where *VALUE* is the value of the setting expressed as a string. For boolean values, use the strings "True", "False", "0", "1", "Yes", or "No" (case does not matter).

To read (query) the value of a [configuration setting](#config-settings-dropbox-component), you must call *Config("PROPERTY")*. The value will be returned as a string.

# CopyResource Method ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

Copies a resource.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
String __fastcall CopyResource(String FromResource, String ToResourcePath);
```

## Remarks

This method copies the resource *FromResource* to a new path *ToResourcePath*, and returns the Id of the newly-copied resource.

*FromResource* must be a path, an Id-based relative path, or a resource Id. *ToResourcePath* must be a path or an Id-based relative path (it must always end with the desired name of the file/folder resource being copied).

The [AllowCopySharedFolders](#AllowCopySharedFolders) configuration setting must be enabled before calling this method in order to copy shared resources.

The [RenameIfExists](#RenameIfExists) configuration setting may be enabled before calling this method to have the server automatically resolve naming conflicts.

# CreateFolder Method ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

Creates a new folder resource.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
String __fastcall CreateFolder(String NewFolderPath);
```

## Remarks

This method creates a new folder resource at the path *NewFolderPath*, and returns the Id of the newly-created folder resource.

*NewFolderPath* must be a folder path, or an Id-based relative folder path.

The [RenameIfExists](#RenameIfExists) configuration setting may be enabled before calling this method to have the server automatically resolve naming conflicts.

# CreateLink Method ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

Creates a shared link for a resource.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
String __fastcall CreateLink(String Resource);
```

## Remarks

This method creates a shared link for the resource specified by *Resource* and returns it.

*Resource* must be a path, an Id-based relative path, or a resource Id.

The [CreateLinkExpiration](#CreateLinkExpiration), [CreateLinkVisibility](#CreateLinkVisibility), and [CreateLinkPassword](#CreateLinkPassword) configuration settings can be used to customize the settings used to create the shared link.

```text
// Create a password-protected shared link for the given file.
dropbox.Config("CreateLinkPassword=password");
string sharingUrl = dropbox.CreateLink("/work_stuff/serious_business/best_cat_pictures.zip");
```

# DeleteResource Method ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

Deletes a resource.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
void __fastcall DeleteResource(String Resource);
```

## Remarks

This method deletes the resource specified by *Resource*.

*Resource* must be a path, an Id-based relative path, or a resource Id.

When deleting file resources, the [IfRevision](#IfRevision) configuration setting can be set to a revision Id before calling this method. This will ensure that the server only deletes the file resource if its latest revision Id matches the one provided.

For Dropbox Business accounts, the [PermanentlyDelete](#PermanentlyDelete) configuration setting can be enabled to delete resources permanently.

# DownloadFile Method ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

Downloads a file resource.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
void __fastcall DownloadFile(String Resource);
```

## Remarks

This method downloads the file resource specified by *Resource*. If the [AllowFolderDownloads](#AllowFolderDownloads) configuration setting is enabled, it can also be used to download a folder resource as a ZIP file.

*Resource* must be a path, an Id-based relative path, a resource Id, or (for file resources only) a revision Id.

For file resources, the [DownloadType](#downloadtype-property-dropbox-component) property can be used to control whether this method downloads the file contents (default), a file preview, or a file thumbnail. The latter two options are only available for certain file types; refer to [DownloadType](#downloadtype-property-dropbox-component) for more information.

Note that certain file resources are "export-only"; when downloading such a file resource to a [LocalFile](#localfile-property-dropbox-component), the component will append the file extension of export file format (if the name of the given [LocalFile](#localfile-property-dropbox-component) does not already end with said extension). Refer to the [ResourceExportExtension](#resourceexportextension-property-dropbox-component) property for more information.

 If [LocalFile](#localfile-property-dropbox-component) is set, the file will be saved to the specified location; otherwise, the file data will be held by [ResourceData](#resourcedata-property-dropbox-component).

To download and decrypt an encrypted file, set [EncryptionAlgorithm](#encryptionalgorithm-property-dropbox-component) and [EncryptionPassword](#encryptionpassword-property-dropbox-component) before calling this method.

### Download Notes

In the simplest use-case, downloading a file looks like this:

```text
dropbox.LocalFile = "../MyFile.zip";
dropbox.DownloadFile(dropbox.Resources[0].Id);
```

**Resuming Downloads**

The component also supports resuming failed downloads by using the [StartByte](#startbyte-property-dropbox-component) property. If a download is interrupted, set [StartByte](#startbyte-property-dropbox-component) to the appropriate offset before calling this method to resume the download.

```text
string downloadFile = "../MyFile.zip";
dropbox.LocalFile = downloadFile;
dropbox.DownloadFile(dropbox.Resources[0].Id);

//The transfer is interrupted and DownloadFile() above fails. Later, resume the download:

//Get the size of the partially downloaded file
dropbox.StartByte = new FileInfo(downloadFile).Length;
dropbox.DownloadFile(dropbox.Resources[0].Id);
```

**Resuming Encrypted File Downloads**

Resuming encrypted file downloads is only supported when [LocalFile](#localfile-property-dropbox-component) was set in the initial download attempt.

If [LocalFile](#localfile-property-dropbox-component) is set when beginning an encrypted download, the component creates a temporary file in [TempPath](#TempPath) to hold the encrypted data until the download is complete. If the download is interrupted, [DownloadTempFile](#DownloadTempFile) will be populated with the path of the temporary file that holds the partial data.

To resume, [DownloadTempFile](#DownloadTempFile) must be populated, along with [StartByte](#startbyte-property-dropbox-component), to allow the remainder of the encrypted data to be downloaded. Once the encrypted data is downloaded it will be decrypted and written to [LocalFile](#localfile-property-dropbox-component).

```text
dropbox.LocalFile = "../MyFile.zip";
dropbox.EncryptionPassword = "password";
dropbox.DownloadFile(dropbox.Resources[0].Id);

//The transfer is interrupted and DownloadFile() above fails. Later, resume the download:

//Get the size of the partially download temp file
dropbox.StartByte = new FileInfo(dropbox.Config("DownloadTempFile")).Length;
dropbox.DownloadFile(dropbox.Resources[0].Id);
```

# GetAccountInfo Method ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

Gets information about the current user's account and space usage.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
void __fastcall GetAccountInfo();
```

## Remarks

This method gets information about the current user's account and space usage, populating the Account object property's properties. This method will also populate the following configuration settings, if necessary:

- [AccountHomeNamespace](#AccountHomeNamespace)
- [AccountHomePath](#AccountHomePath)
- [AccountRootNamespace](#AccountRootNamespace)

# GetCurrentChangeMarker Method ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

Gets the most current change marker.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
void __fastcall GetCurrentChangeMarker(String FolderResource);
```

## Remarks

This method populates [NextChangeMarker](#nextchangemarker-property-dropbox-component) with the most current change marker available. Like [ListChanges](#listchanges-method-dropbox-component), it may be limited to only changes within a certain *FolderResource*; and is sensitive to the [IncludeDeleted](#IncludeDeleted), [IncludeMounted](#IncludeMounted), [MaxResults](#MaxResults), and [RecurseSubfolders](#RecurseSubfolders) configuration settings.

*FolderResource* must be a folder path, an Id-based relative folder path, a folder resource Id, or empty string (the root folder).

Refer to [ListChanges](#listchanges-method-dropbox-component) for more information.

# GetResourceInfo Method ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

Gets information about a specific resource.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
void __fastcall GetResourceInfo(String Resource);
```

## Remarks

This method gets information about the resource specified by *Resource*.

*Resource* must be a path, an Id-based relative path, a resource Id, or (for file resources) a revision Id. Empty string (the root folder) is not supported.

Calling this method will fire the [ResourceList](#resourcelist-event-dropbox-component) event, and will populate the Resources properties with a single item (clearing any previously-held items in the process).

# Interrupt Method ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

This method interrupts the current method.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
void __fastcall Interrupt();
```

## Remarks

If there is no method in progress, Interrupt simply returns, doing nothing.

# ListChanges Method ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

Lists changes to resources.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
void __fastcall ListChanges(String FolderResource);
```

## Remarks

This method lists changes to resources within the specified *FolderResource*.

*FolderResource* must be a folder path, an Id-based relative folder path, a folder resource Id, or empty string (the root folder). The [IncludeDeleted](#IncludeDeleted), [IncludeMounted](#IncludeMounted), [MaxResults](#MaxResults), and [RecurseSubfolders](#RecurseSubfolders) configuration settings may be used to further control the scope of the results.

Note that the values of *FolderResource* and the aforementioned configuration settings are all ignored if either [ChangeMarker](#changemarker-property-dropbox-component) or [NextChangeMarker](#nextchangemarker-property-dropbox-component) is populated (the markers encode the values used originally).

### Starting from a Baseline State

For most use-cases, it is necessary to obtain a baseline state first in order to have a context onto which later changes can be applied.

To obtain a baseline state, ensure that both [ChangeMarker](#changemarker-property-dropbox-component) and [NextChangeMarker](#nextchangemarker-property-dropbox-component) are empty, and then call ListChanges. Then follow the process described in the "General Usage" section (below) until [ChangeMarker](#changemarker-property-dropbox-component) is empty, keeping in mind that the results being returned are not necessarily* changes, but rather the current state of resources within the scope determined by *FolderResource*, [IncludeDeleted](#IncludeDeleted), [IncludeMounted](#IncludeMounted), and [RecurseSubfolders](#RecurseSubfolders).

**If any resources in the aforementioned scope are changed before all result pages of the baseline have been returned, Dropbox may append those change items to the end of the baseline's results. Refer to the "Usage Considerations" section (below) for more information.*

### Starting from the Latest State

For use-cases that *don't* require a baseline state (e.g., perhaps an application just displays a "ticker" with change information), call [GetCurrentChangeMarker](#getcurrentchangemarker-method-dropbox-component). This will populate [NextChangeMarker](#nextchangemarker-property-dropbox-component) immediately.

### General Usage

When this method is called, it will use the change marker stored in either [ChangeMarker](#changemarker-property-dropbox-component) or [NextChangeMarker](#nextchangemarker-property-dropbox-component) (only one can be populated at a time) to request the next page of changes. This method causes the [ResourceList](#resourcelist-event-dropbox-component) event to fire once for each change, and will also populate the Resources properties.

If there are still more changes available to list when this method returns, the [ChangeMarker](#changemarker-property-dropbox-component) property will be populated. Continue to call this method until [ChangeMarker](#changemarker-property-dropbox-component) is empty to accumulate all pages of results in the Resources properties. (Once there aren't any more changes available to list, the [NextChangeMarker](#nextchangemarker-property-dropbox-component) property will be populated instead.) Alternatively, the [AccumulatePages](#AccumulatePages) configuration setting can be disabled to clear the Resources properties every time a page of results is returned.

When [NextChangeMarker](#nextchangemarker-property-dropbox-component) is populated, it is always populated with a value that (at the time of population) points to the most current state. (Since "the most current state" implies that there are no further changes to list, calling ListChanges immediately after [NextChangeMarker](#nextchangemarker-property-dropbox-component) is populated will not return any further changes.)

**Example of Getting a Baseline and then Listing Changes**

```csharp
// Get the baseline state first.
Dropbox dropbox = new Dropbox();

dropbox.ListChanges("");
do {
  // Continue to call ListChanges() until ChangeMarker is the empty string (indicating there
  // are no more changes to list).
  dropbox.ListChanges("");
} while (dropbox.ChangeMarker.Length > 0);

for (int i = 0; i < dropbox.Resources.Count; i++) {
  // Apply the baseline state.
}

// Now NextChangeMarker will be populated. If we were to call ListChanges() again right now,
// nothing would be listed and NextChangeMarker would still be populated.

// Wait at least 2 minutes for changes to occur. Assume something changes while we wait.
dropbox.WaitForChanges(120); // (Note that this is a blocking call.)

dropbox.ListChanges("");
do {
  dropbox.ListChanges("");
} while (dropbox.ChangeMarker.Length > 0);

for (int i = 0; i < dropbox.Resources.Count; i++) {
  // Apply the changes.
}
```

### Usage Considerations

 When working with Dropbox changes, keep in mind that it is possible for a resource, uniquely identified by its Id, to appear more than once in a change set. (This can happen if changes are being listed, and then a change occurs before all result pages in the change set are returned; Dropbox will then typically append the new change to the end of the current change set.) Since a Dropbox change always reflects the latest state of a resource, just use the latest one.

# ListResources Method ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

Lists resources.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
void __fastcall ListResources(String FolderResource);
```

## Remarks

This method lists resources within the specified *FolderResource*.

*FolderResource* must be a folder path, an Id-based relative folder path, a folder resource Id, or empty string (the root folder). The [IncludeDeleted](#IncludeDeleted), [IncludeMounted](#IncludeMounted), [MaxResults](#MaxResults), and [RecurseSubfolders](#RecurseSubfolders) configuration settings may be used to further control the scope of the results.

Note that the values of *FolderResource* and the aforementioned configuration settings are all ignored if [ResourceMarker](#resourcemarker-property-dropbox-component) is populated (the marker encodes the values used originally).

Calling this method will fire the [ResourceList](#resourcelist-event-dropbox-component) event once for each resource, and will also populate the Resources properties.

If there are still more resources available to list when this method returns, the [ResourceMarker](#resourcemarker-property-dropbox-component) property will be populated. Continue to call this method until [ResourceMarker](#resourcemarker-property-dropbox-component) is empty to accumulate all pages of results in the Resources properties. Alternatively, the [AccumulatePages](#AccumulatePages) configuration setting can be disabled to clear the Resources properties every time a page of results is returned.

```text
// ResourceList event handler.
dropbox.OnResourceList += (s, e) => {
  Console.WriteLine(e.Name);
};

do {
  dropbox.ListResources("/work_files/serious_business/cats");

  for (int i = 0; i < dropbox.Resources.Count; i++) {
    // Process resources here.
  }
} while (!string.IsNullOrEmpty(dropbox.ResourceMarker));
```

# ListRevisions Method ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

Lists revisions for a file path or file resource Id.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
void __fastcall ListRevisions(String FileResource);
```

## Remarks

This method lists revisions for a specific file path or for a specific file resource Id. This method is not supported for folder resources.

*FileResource* must be a file path, an Id-based relative file path, or a file resource Id.

Calling this method will fire the [ResourceList](#resourcelist-event-dropbox-component) event once for each resource, and will also populate the Resources properties.

The [MaxRevisionResults](#MaxRevisionResults) configuration setting controls the maximum number of results returned. (Note that unlike the component's other listing methods, the results returned by this method are never paged; [MaxRevisionResults](#MaxRevisionResults) specifies the overall limit rather than the page size limit.)

### Path-based vs. Id-based Revision Histories

When listing revisions, the server can return the revision history either by path or by Id. A path's revision history will include revisions for any and all files that have been located there; while an Id's revision history will only return revisions for the associated file resource (regardless of where it's been located over time).

By default, the component chooses which mode the server should use automatically each time ListRevisions is called based on the kind of resource identifier passed for the *FileResource* parameter. If a path (or an Id-based relative path) is provided, it chooses the path-based mode; and if a file resource Id is provided, it chooses the Id-based mode.

The [ListRevisionsMode](#ListRevisionsMode) configuration setting can be used to explicitly control which revision listing mode the server should use.

```text
// ResourceList event handler.
dropbox.OnResourceList += (s, e) => {
  Console.WriteLine(e.Name + ", Revision: " + e.Revision);
};

dropbox.ListRevisions("/work_stuff/serious_business/best_cat_pictures.zip");

for (int i = 0; i < dropbox.Resources.Count; i++) {
  // Process resource revisions here.
}
```

# ListSharedLinks Method ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

Lists shared links created by the current user.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
void __fastcall ListSharedLinks(String Resource);
```

## Remarks

This method lists shared links created by the current user. If *Resource* is empty string, all of the user's shared links will be returned. If *Resource* is non-empty, the results will be limited to just shared links that provide access to the resource in question (direct links and links to any parent folders).

*Resource* must be a path, an Id-based relative path, a resource Id, or empty string.

Calling this method will fire the [SharedLinkList](#sharedlinklist-event-dropbox-component) event once for each shared link, and will also populate the SharedLinks properties.

If there are still more shared links available to list when this method returns, the [SharedLinkMarker](#sharedlinkmarker-property-dropbox-component) property will be populated. Continue to call this method until [SharedLinkMarker](#sharedlinkmarker-property-dropbox-component) is empty to accumulate all pages of results in the SharedLinks properties.

```text
// SharedLinkList event handler.
dropbox.OnSharedLinkList += (s, e) => {
  Console.WriteLine(e.Name + ", URL: " + e.URL);
};

// List all of the shared links created by the current user.
do {
  dropbox.ListSharedLinks("");

  for (int i = 0; i < dropbox.SharedLinks.Count; i++) {
    // Process shared links here.
  }
} while (!string.IsNullOrEmpty(dropbox.SharedLinkMarker));
```

# MoveResource Method ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

Moves a resource.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
void __fastcall MoveResource(String FromResource, String ToResourcePath);
```

## Remarks

This method moves the resource *FromResource* to a new path *ToResourcePath*.

*FromResource* must be a path, an Id-based relative path, or a resource Id. *ToResourcePath* must be a path or an Id-based relative path (it must always end with the name of the file/folder resource being moved).

The [AllowOwnershipTransfers](#AllowOwnershipTransfers) configuration setting must be enabled before calling this method if a move operation would result in the current user transferring their ownership to another user (or to a team).

The [RenameIfExists](#RenameIfExists) configuration setting may be enabled before calling this method to have the server automatically resolve naming conflicts.

# Reset Method ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

Resets the component to its initial state.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
void __fastcall Reset();
```

## Remarks

This method resets the component to its initial state.

# RestoreResource Method ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

Restores a given file resource revision.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
String __fastcall RestoreResource(String Revision, String ToResourcePath);
```

## Remarks

This method restores a the specified *Revision* of a file resource, saving it to the given path *ToResourcePath*. Restoring a deleted file resource can also be done using this method as long as the revision Id is known (there's no way to obtain revision Ids for file resources which have already been deleted; this is a limitation of the Dropbox API).

*Revision* must be a revision Id. *ToResourcePath* must be a file path (and it must end with the desired name of the file resource being restored).

# RevokeLink Method ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

Revokes a shared link.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
void __fastcall RevokeLink(String SharedLink);
```

## Remarks

This method revokes an existing shared link; *SharedLink* must be a shared link URL.

Keep in mind that a resource may still be accessible after revoking its shared link if shared links still exist for any of its parent folders. The [ListSharedLinks](#listsharedlinks-method-dropbox-component) method can be used to get a list of all existing links that provide access to any given resource.

# Search Method ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

Searches for resources.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
void __fastcall Search(String FolderResource, String Query);
```

## Remarks

This method searches for resources matching *Query* within the specified *FolderResource*.

*FolderResource* must be a folder path, an Id-based, relative folder path, a folder resource Id, or empty string (in which case the current user's entire Dropbox is searched). The [SearchCategories](#searchcategories-property-dropbox-component), [SearchFileExtensions](#searchfileextensions-property-dropbox-component), [SearchKind](#searchkind-property-dropbox-component), and [SearchNamesOnly](#searchnamesonly-property-dropbox-component) properties may be used to further control the search options the server uses.

Calling this method will fire the [ResourceList](#resourcelist-event-dropbox-component) event once for each search result, and will also populate the Resources properties.

If there are still more search results available to list when this method returns, the [SearchMarker](#searchmarker-property-dropbox-component) property will be populated. Continue to call this method until [SearchMarker](#searchmarker-property-dropbox-component) is empty to accumulate all pages of results in the Resources properties.

The [MaxSearchResults](#MaxSearchResults) configuration setting can be used to control how many results are returned each time this method is called.

# SendCustomRequest Method ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

Sends a custom request to the Dropbox API.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
void __fastcall SendCustomRequest(String HttpMethod, String RequestPath, String RequestBody);
```

## Remarks

This method can be used to send arbitrary requests to the Dropbox API.

Valid values for *HttpMethod* are:

- *GET*
- *POST* (default if empty)

The value passed for *RequestPath* must already be URL-encoded in a manner acceptable to the Dropbox API. The *RequestBody* parameter may be empty if not needed.

### Usage

When this method is called, the component does the following:

1.  Builds a request URL, including query parameters, as follows:

  - The specified *RequestPath* is appended to the Dropbox API endpoint, *https://api.dropboxapi.com/2*.
  - All query parameters in the QueryParams properties are added to the request URL.

2. Sends the request using the specified *HttpMethod*, the request URL build in step 1, the header information held by [Authorization](#authorization-property-dropbox-component) and [OtherHeaders](#otherheaders-property-dropbox-component), and the given *RequestBody* (if non-empty).
3. Stores the response headers in the ParsedHeaders properties, and the response body in the specified [LocalFile](#localfile-property-dropbox-component), or [ResourceData](#resourcedata-property-dropbox-component) (using the same logic as [DownloadFile](#downloadfile-method-dropbox-component)).

If the response body is JSON data, the [XPath](#XPath), [XText](#XText), and other **X*** configuration settings can then be used to navigate and extract information from it.

# UploadFile Method ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

Uploads a file resource.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
String __fastcall UploadFile(String NewFileResource);
```

## Remarks

This method uploads a new file resource (or potentially updates or overwrites an existing one). The Id of the newly-created (or updated) file resource is returned.

*NewFileResource* must be a file path, an Id-based relative file path, or (only when updating/overwriting) a file resource Id.

### Name Conflict Resolution

The component automatically chooses how the server should resolve name conflicts (which occur if the specified *NewFileResource* already exists) based on the current values of the [IfRevision](#IfRevision) and [RenameIfExists](#RenameIfExists) configuration settings and the [Overwrite](#overwrite-property-dropbox-component) property. The following steps describe how the choice is made:

1. If the uploaded file data is identical to the contents of the existing file resource, the server will always ignore the upload attempt and return a successful response, regardless of what [IfRevision](#IfRevision), [RenameIfExists](#RenameIfExists), and [Overwrite](#overwrite-property-dropbox-component) are currently set to. *(This is a Dropbox server-side behavior that cannot be changed.)*
2. Otherwise, if [IfRevision](#IfRevision) is populated, then the existing file resource will have its contents updated as long as its latest revision Id matches the one held by [IfRevision](#IfRevision). If the revision Ids don't match, then [RenameIfExists](#RenameIfExists) decides the outcome:

  - If [RenameIfExists](#RenameIfExists) is *true*, then a new file resource is created with a unique name that contains "conflicted copy".
  - If [RenameIfExists](#RenameIfExists) is *false*, then the upload fails.

3. Otherwise, if [RenameIfExists](#RenameIfExists) is *true*, then a new file resource is created with a unique name.
4. Otherwise, if [Overwrite](#overwrite-property-dropbox-component) is *true*, then the existing file resource is overwritten with a new one.
5. Otherwise, the upload fails.

 If [LocalFile](#localfile-property-dropbox-component) is set the file will be uploaded from the specified path. If [LocalFile](#localfile-property-dropbox-component) is not set the data in [ResourceData](#resourcedata-property-dropbox-component) will be used.

To encrypt the file before uploading it, set [EncryptionAlgorithm](#encryptionalgorithm-property-dropbox-component) and [EncryptionPassword](#encryptionpassword-property-dropbox-component).

### Upload Notes

Dropbox offers two ways to upload a file. For smaller files a simple upload option is provided to upload data in one request. This is the default option. For larger files, uploads can be fragmented into multiple pieces, allowing resuming of uploads that may be interrupted.

**Simple**

By default the component uses the simple upload mechanism.

```text
dropbox.LocalFile = "../MyFile.zip";
dropbox.UploadFile("/MyFile.zip");
```

**Resumable**

To enable resumable uploads set [UseResumableUpload](#useresumableupload-property-dropbox-component) to *true*. This is recommended for large files. The component will automatically fragment the specified file into smaller pieces and upload each individually. [FragmentSize](#FragmentSize) may be set to specify the size of the fragment if desired. The default fragment size is 10 MB.

When [UseResumableUpload](#useresumableupload-property-dropbox-component) is set to *true* and UploadFile is called, a resumable upload session is started by the component. [UploadSessionId](#uploadsessionid-property-dropbox-component) is populated with a resumable upload session Id identifying the session (this value may be needed for additional operations if the upload does not complete normally).

During a resumable upload, the [FragmentComplete](#fragmentcomplete-event-dropbox-component) event fires after each fragment is uploaded to indicate overall progress. The component also updates [StartByte](#startbyte-property-dropbox-component) as necessary to indicate the current offset in the file.

If the upload is interrupted for any reason, resuming it is easy. First, verify that [UploadSessionId](#uploadsessionid-property-dropbox-component) and [StartByte](#startbyte-property-dropbox-component) are populated (if the same instance of the component is used, they should already be populated, and no special action should be needed). Then call UploadFile again to resume the upload at the specified [StartByte](#startbyte-property-dropbox-component) offset.

Note that if the upload is not resumed after some time the upload session will expire.

```text
dropbox.LocalFile = "../MyFile.zip";
dropbox.UploadFile("MyFile.zip");

//The transfer is interrupted and UploadFile() above fails. Later, resume the download.
//Using the same instance StartByte and ResumeURL are already populated from the previous
//upload attempt.
dropbox.UploadFile("MyFile.zip");
```

# WaitForChanges Method ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

Waits a certain amount of time for changes to occur.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
bool __fastcall WaitForChanges(int Timeout);
```

## Remarks

This method **blocks** for *Timeout* seconds, waiting for changes to occur within the scope represented by the current [NextChangeMarker](#nextchangemarker-property-dropbox-component) (which must already be populated). If any changes occur, returns *true*; otherwise returns *false*.

*Timeout* must be a value between 30 and 480 seconds (inclusive). Note that Dropbox also adds 90 seconds of random jitter to this value. This method may return early if changes occur before the total timeout expires.

If this method returns *true*, use [ListChanges](#listchanges-method-dropbox-component) to retrieve the changes.

Note that this method will automatically change the value of [Timeout](#timeout-property-dropbox-component) property as necessary when called; and will restore the original value before returning.

```csharp
// Get the baseline state first.
Dropbox dropbox = new Dropbox();

dropbox.ListChanges("");
do {
  // Continue to call ListChanges() until ChangeMarker is the empty string (indicating there
  // are no more changes to list).
  dropbox.ListChanges("");
} while (dropbox.ChangeMarker.Length > 0);

for (int i = 0; i < dropbox.Resources.Count; i++) {
  // Apply the baseline state.
}

// Now NextChangeMarker will be populated. If we were to call ListChanges() again right now,
// nothing would be listed and NextChangeMarker would still be populated.

// Wait at least 2 minutes for changes to occur. Assume something changes while we wait.
dropbox.WaitForChanges(120); // (Note that this is a blocking call.)

dropbox.ListChanges("");
do {
  dropbox.ListChanges("");
} while (dropbox.ChangeMarker.Length > 0);

for (int i = 0; i < dropbox.Resources.Count; i++) {
  // Apply the changes.
}
```

# EndTransfer Event ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

Fired when a document finishes transferring.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
typedef struct {
  int Direction;
} TcsDropboxEndTransferEventParams;
typedef void __fastcall (__closure *TcsDropboxEndTransferEvent)(System::TObject* Sender, TcsDropboxEndTransferEventParams *e);
__property TcsDropboxEndTransferEvent OnEndTransfer = { read=FOnEndTransfer, write=FOnEndTransfer };
```

## Remarks

This event is fired first when the client finishes sending data to the server (in a *POST* or *PUT* request) and then when the document text finishes transferring from the server to the local host.

The *Direction* parameter shows whether the client (0) or the server (1) is sending the data.

# Error Event ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

Fired when information is available about errors during data delivery.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
typedef struct {
  int ErrorCode;
  String Description;
} TcsDropboxErrorEventParams;
typedef void __fastcall (__closure *TcsDropboxErrorEvent)(System::TObject* Sender, TcsDropboxErrorEventParams *e);
__property TcsDropboxErrorEvent OnError = { read=FOnError, write=FOnError };
```

## Remarks

The Error event is fired in case of exceptional conditions during message processing. Normally the component raises an exception.

The *ErrorCode* parameter contains an error code, and the *Description* parameter contains a textual description of the error. For a list of valid error codes and their descriptions, please refer to the [Error Codes](#trappable-errors-dropbox-component) section.

# FragmentComplete Event ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

Fires after each fragment of a resumable upload is completed.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
typedef struct {
  int FragmentNumber;
  int FragmentCount;
  bool Interrupt;
} TcsDropboxFragmentCompleteEventParams;
typedef void __fastcall (__closure *TcsDropboxFragmentCompleteEvent)(System::TObject* Sender, TcsDropboxFragmentCompleteEventParams *e);
__property TcsDropboxFragmentCompleteEvent OnFragmentComplete = { read=FOnFragmentComplete, write=FOnFragmentComplete };
```

## Remarks

When [UseResumableUpload](#useresumableupload-property-dropbox-component) is *true* and [UploadFile](#uploadfile-method-dropbox-component) is called, this event will fire after each fragment is uploaded, providing an indication of overall upload progress.

*FragmentNumber* is the number of the current fragment that has completed. This value starts at *1*.

*FragmentCount* is the total number of fragments that will be uploaded.

*Interrupt* can be set to *true* to interrupt the upload. The upload may be resumed later.

# Header Event ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

Fired every time a header line comes in.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
typedef struct {
  String Field;
  String Value;
} TcsDropboxHeaderEventParams;
typedef void __fastcall (__closure *TcsDropboxHeaderEvent)(System::TObject* Sender, TcsDropboxHeaderEventParams *e);
__property TcsDropboxHeaderEvent OnHeader = { read=FOnHeader, write=FOnHeader };
```

## Remarks

The *Field* parameter contains the name of the HTTP header (which is the same as it is delivered). The *Value* parameter contains the header contents.

If the header line being retrieved is a continuation header line, then the *Field* parameter contains "" (empty string).

# Log Event ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

Fired once for each log message.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
typedef struct {
  int LogLevel;
  String Message;
  String LogType;
} TcsDropboxLogEventParams;
typedef void __fastcall (__closure *TcsDropboxLogEvent)(System::TObject* Sender, TcsDropboxLogEventParams *e);
__property TcsDropboxLogEvent OnLog = { read=FOnLog, write=FOnLog };
```

## Remarks

This event is fired once for each log message generated by the component. The verbosity is controlled by the [LogLevel](#LogLevel) setting.

*LogLevel* indicates the level of message. Possible values are as follows:

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| 0 (None) | No events are logged. |
| 1 (Info - default) | Informational events are logged. |
| 2 (Verbose) | Detailed data are logged. |
| 3 (Debug) | Debug data are logged. |

The value 1 (Info) logs basic information, including the URL, HTTP version, and status details.

The value 2 (Verbose) logs additional information about the request and response.

The value 3 (Debug) logs the headers and body for both the request and response, as well as additional debug information (if any).

*Message* is the log entry.

*LogType* identifies the type of log entry. Possible values are as follows:

- "Info"
- "RequestHeaders"
- "ResponseHeaders"
- "RequestBody"
- "ResponseBody"
- "ProxyRequest"
- "ProxyResponse"
- "FirewallRequest"
- "FirewallResponse"

# Progress Event ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

Fires during an upload or download to indicate transfer progress.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
typedef struct {
  int Direction;
  __int64 BytesTransferred;
  __int64 TotalBytes;
  int PercentDone;
} TcsDropboxProgressEventParams;
typedef void __fastcall (__closure *TcsDropboxProgressEvent)(System::TObject* Sender, TcsDropboxProgressEventParams *e);
__property TcsDropboxProgressEvent OnProgress = { read=FOnProgress, write=FOnProgress };
```

## Remarks

This event fires during an upload or download to indicate the progress of the transfer of the entire request. By default, this event will fire each time *PercentDone* increases by one percent; the [ProgressStep](#ProgressStep) configuration setting can be used to alter this behavior.

*Direction* indicates whether the transfer is an upload (*0*) or a download (*1*).

*BytesTransferred* reflects the number of bytes that have been transferred so far, or *0* if the transfer is starting (however, see note below).

*TotalBytes* reflects the total number of bytes that are to be transferred, or *-1* if the total is unknown. This amount includes the size of everything in the request like HTTP headers.

*PercentDone* reflects the overall progress of the transfer, or *-1* if the progress cannot be calculated.

NOTE: By default, the component tracks transfer progress *absolutely*. If a transfer is interrupted and later resumed, the values reported by this event upon and after resumption will account for the data that was transferred *before* the interruption.

For example, if 10MB of data was successfully transferred before the interruption, then this event will fire with a *BytesTransferred* value of *10485760* (10MB) when the transfer is first resumed, and then continue to fire with successively greater values as usual.

This behavior can be changed by disabling the [ProgressAbsolute](#ProgressAbsolute) configuration setting, in which case the component will treat resumed transfers as "new" transfers. In this case, the *BytesTransferred* parameter will always be *0* the first time this event fires, regardless of whether the transfer is new or being resumed.

# ResourceList Event ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

Fires once for each resource returned when listing resources, changes, or revisions.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
typedef struct {
  String Id;
  String Name;
  String Path;
  int ResourceType;
  String ModifiedTime;
  __int64 Size;
  int AccessType;
  String Revision;
  String Hash;
  bool Deleted;
} TcsDropboxResourceListEventParams;
typedef void __fastcall (__closure *TcsDropboxResourceListEvent)(System::TObject* Sender, TcsDropboxResourceListEventParams *e);
__property TcsDropboxResourceListEvent OnResourceList = { read=FOnResourceList, write=FOnResourceList };
```

## Remarks

This event fires once for each resource returned when [ListResources](#listresources-method-dropbox-component), [GetResourceInfo](#getresourceinfo-method-dropbox-component), [Search](#search-method-dropbox-component), [ListChanges](#listchanges-method-dropbox-component), or [ListRevisions](#listrevisions-method-dropbox-component) is called.

*Id* is the Id of the resource.

*Name* is the name of the resource.

*Path* is the path of the resource.

*ResourceType* reflects the resource's type. Possible values are:

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| 0 (drtFile) | A file. |
| 1 (drtFolder) | A folder. |

*ModifiedTime* reflects the last modified time of the file resource, as reported by the server. Not applicable for folder resources. Timestamps are formatted according to ISO 8601 and are always in UTC time. It should be formatted in "yyyy-MM-ddTHH:mm:ssZ". For example, *2015-05-12T15:50:38Z* would be a correctly formatted timestamp.

*Size* is the size of the file resource, in bytes. Not applicable for folder resources.

*AccessType* reflects the type of access the current user has to the resource. Possible values are:

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| 0 (atUnrestricted) | The user's access to the resource is not restricted. |
| 1 (atReadOnly) | The user has read-only access to the resource. This indicates that the resource is, or is located within, a read-only shared folder. |
| 2 (atLimited) | The user has limited access to the immediate contents of the folder resource (by virtue of having access to one or more other resources located somewhere within the folder). See further notes below. Only applicable to folders. |
| 3 (atNoAccess) | The user is allowed to see that the folder resource exists, but may not access its contents. Only applicable to folders. |

An access type of *2 (atLimited)* still allows the user to call [ListResources](#listresources-method-dropbox-component) for a folder, but the results will be limited to the subset of resources within that folder that the user can actually access (including any further limited-access subfolders).

*Revision* is the revision Id of the file resource. Note applicable for folder resources.

*Hash* holds a hash of the file resource's content. Not applicable for folder resources.

*Deleted* indicates whether the resource has been deleted.

# SharedLinkList Event ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

Fires once for each shared link returned when listing shared links.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
typedef struct {
  String URL;
  String Name;
  String Id;
  String Path;
  int ResourceType;
  int Visibility;
  String Expires;
} TcsDropboxSharedLinkListEventParams;
typedef void __fastcall (__closure *TcsDropboxSharedLinkListEvent)(System::TObject* Sender, TcsDropboxSharedLinkListEventParams *e);
__property TcsDropboxSharedLinkListEvent OnSharedLinkList = { read=FOnSharedLinkList, write=FOnSharedLinkList };
```

## Remarks

This event fires once for each shared link returned when [ListSharedLinks](#listsharedlinks-method-dropbox-component) is called.

*URL* is the URL of the shared link.

*Name* is the name of the linked resource.

*Id* is Id of the linked resource.

*Path* is the path of the linked resource.

*ResourceType* reflects the linked resource's type. Possible values are:

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| 0 (lrtFile) | A file. |
| 1 (lrtFolder) | A folder. |

*Visibility* reflects the visibility of the link. Possible values are:

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| 0 (lvPublic) | Anyone with the link can access the linked resource. |
| 1 (lvTeamOnly) | Only members of the same team with the link can access the linked resource. (Only applicable to Dropbox Business.) |
| 2 (lvPassword) | Anyone with the link and the link's password can access the linked resource. |
| 3 (lvTeamAndPassword) | Only members of the same team with the link and the link's password can access the linked resource. (Only applicable to Dropbox Business.) |
| 4 (lvSharedFolderOnly) | Only members (with the link) of the shared folder containing the linked resource can access it. |

*Expires* is the expiration timestamp of the link (or empty string, if the link doesn't expire). Timestamps are formatted according to ISO 8601 and are always in UTC time. It should be formatted in "yyyy-MM-ddTHH:mm:ssZ". For example, *2015-05-12T15:50:38Z* would be a correctly formatted timestamp.

# SSLServerAuthentication Event ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

Fired after the server presents its certificate to the client.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
typedef struct {
  String CertEncoded;
  DynamicArray<Byte> CertEncodedB;
  String CertSubject;
  String CertIssuer;
  String Status;
  bool Accept;
} TcsDropboxSSLServerAuthenticationEventParams;
typedef void __fastcall (__closure *TcsDropboxSSLServerAuthenticationEvent)(System::TObject* Sender, TcsDropboxSSLServerAuthenticationEventParams *e);
__property TcsDropboxSSLServerAuthenticationEvent OnSSLServerAuthentication = { read=FOnSSLServerAuthentication, write=FOnSSLServerAuthentication };
```

## Remarks

During this event, the client can decide whether or not to continue with the connection process. The *Accept* parameter is a recommendation on whether to continue or close the connection. This is just a suggestion: application software must use its own logic to determine whether or not to continue.

 When *Accept* is False, *Status* shows why the verification failed (otherwise, *Status* contains the string *OK*). If it is decided to continue, you can override and accept the certificate by setting the *Accept* parameter to True.

# SSLStatus Event ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

Fired when secure connection progress messages are available.

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
typedef struct {
  String Message;
} TcsDropboxSSLStatusEventParams;
typedef void __fastcall (__closure *TcsDropboxSSLStatusEvent)(System::TObject* Sender, TcsDropboxSSLStatusEventParams *e);
__property TcsDropboxSSLStatusEvent OnSSLStatus = { read=FOnSSLStatus, write=FOnSSLStatus };
```

## Remarks

The event is fired for informational and logging purposes only. This event tracks the progress of the connection.

# StartTransfer Event ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

Fired when a document starts transferring (after the headers).

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
typedef struct {
  int Direction;
} TcsDropboxStartTransferEventParams;
typedef void __fastcall (__closure *TcsDropboxStartTransferEvent)(System::TObject* Sender, TcsDropboxStartTransferEventParams *e);
__property TcsDropboxStartTransferEvent OnStartTransfer = { read=FOnStartTransfer, write=FOnStartTransfer };
```

## Remarks

This event is fired first when the client starts sending data to the server (in a *POST* or *PUT* request) and then when the document text starts transferring from the server to the local host.

The *Direction* parameter shows whether the client (0) or the server (1) is sending the data.

# Transfer Event ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

Fired while a document transfers (delivers document).

## Syntax

*C++ Builder Syntax*

```text
typedef struct {
  int Direction;
  __int64 BytesTransferred;
  int PercentDone;
  String Text;
  DynamicArray<Byte> TextB;
} TcsDropboxTransferEventParams;
typedef void __fastcall (__closure *TcsDropboxTransferEvent)(System::TObject* Sender, TcsDropboxTransferEventParams *e);
__property TcsDropboxTransferEvent OnTransfer = { read=FOnTransfer, write=FOnTransfer };
```

## Remarks

The *Text* parameter contains the portion of the document text being received. It is empty if data are being posted to the server.

The *BytesTransferred* parameter contains the number of bytes transferred in this *Direction* since the beginning of the document text (excluding HTTP response headers).

The *Direction* parameter shows whether the client (0) or the server (1) is sending the data.

The *PercentDone* parameter shows the progress of the transfer in the corresponding direction. If *PercentDone* can not be calculated the value will be -1.

NOTE: Events are not re-entrant. Performing time-consuming operations within this event will prevent it from firing again in a timely manner and may affect overall performance.

# Config Settings ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

 The component accepts one or more of the following *configuration settings*. Configuration settings are similar in functionality to properties, but they are rarely used. In order to avoid "polluting" the property namespace of the component, access to these *internal properties* is provided through the [Config](#config-method-dropbox-component) method.

### Dropbox Config Settings

**AccountHomeNamespace**: The current user's home namespace Id.After a successful call to [GetAccountInfo](#getaccountinfo-method-dropbox-component) this setting will be populated with the current user's home namespace Id.

**AccountHomePath**: The path for the current user's home directory, if their account is part of a team.After a successful call to [GetAccountInfo](#getaccountinfo-method-dropbox-component), this setting will be populated with the path for the current user's home directory under their team's shared root. If the current user's account is not a member of a team, this setting will be empty.

**AccountRootNamespace**: The current user's root namespace Id.After a successful call to [GetAccountInfo](#getaccountinfo-method-dropbox-component), this setting will be populated with the current user's root namespace Id. If the current user's account is a member of a team, this will be the Id of the team's namespace root. Otherwise, it will be the same as the [AccountHomeNamespace](#AccountHomeNamespace).

**AccumulatePages**: Whether the component should accumulate subsequent pages of results when listing them.This setting controls how the component behaves when listing multiple pages of results. If this setting is enabled, each successive page of results will be appended to the appropriate collection properties until the last page of results has been listed (at which point the next list call will cause said collection to be cleared first). If this setting is disabled, the collection will be cleared every time a page of results is returned.

By default, this setting is enabled, allowing all pages of results to be accumulated in the appropriate collection properties.

**AddDropboxPathHeaders**: Controls whether Dropbox path headers are included in requests.This setting allows you to include or exclude the headers controlled by the [DropboxNamespacePath](#DropboxNamespacePath) and [DropboxRootPath](#DropboxRootPath) configuration settings.

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| true (default) | Include Dropbox path headers. |
| false | Exclude Dropbox path headers, required when connecting to a sandbox app on Dropbox. |

**AllowCopySharedFolders**: Whether to allow the copying of shared folders or their contents.This setting must be enabled before attempting to copy shared folders (or any of their contents) using [CopyResource](#copyresource-method-dropbox-component).

This setting is disabled by default.

**AllowFolderDownloads**: Whether to allow folder downloading.This setting controls whether the [DownloadFile](#downloadfile-method-dropbox-component) method can be used to download folder resources. Calling [DownloadFile](#downloadfile-method-dropbox-component) for a folder resource with this setting enabled will cause the component to download it as a ZIP file.

This setting is disabled by default.

**AllowOwnershipTransfers**: Whether to allow move operations that would result in ownership transfers.This setting must be enabled before attempting to use [MoveResource](#moveresource-method-dropbox-component) to move a resource to a location that would result in the current user losing ownership of it.

This setting is disabled by default.

**ClientModifiedTime**: The client-side last modified time.This setting may be set to an appropriately-formatted timestamp before calling [UploadFile](#uploadfile-method-dropbox-component) to set (or update) the client-side last modified time for the file resource.

Timestamps are formatted according to ISO 8601 and are always in UTC time. It should be formatted in "yyyy-MM-ddTHH:mm:ssZ". For example, *2015-05-12T15:50:38Z* would be a correctly formatted timestamp.

**CreateLinkExpiration**: The expiration date to assign to the link.This setting may be set to an appropriately-formatted timestamp before calling [CreateLink](#createlink-method-dropbox-component) to specify an expiration time for it. If this setting is empty (default) when [CreateLink](#createlink-method-dropbox-component) is called, the link will never expire.

Timestamps are formatted according to ISO 8601 and are always in UTC time. It should be formatted in "yyyy-MM-ddTHH:mm:ssZ". For example, *2015-05-12T15:50:38Z* would be a correctly formatted timestamp.

**CreateLinkPassword**: The password to protect the link with.When [CreateLinkVisibility](#CreateLinkVisibility) is set to *2*, this setting *must* be set before calling [CreateLink](#createlink-method-dropbox-component) to specify the password to protect the link with.

**CreateLinkVisibility**: The visibility to create links with.This setting specifies the visibility that [CreateLink](#createlink-method-dropbox-component) should create links with. Possible values are:

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
| 0 (default) | Public | Anyone with the link can access the linked resource. |
| 1 | Team only | Only members of the same team with the link can access the linked resource. (Only applicable to Dropbox Business.) |
| 2 | Password | Anyone with the link and the link's password can access the linked resource. |

Note that links created for team resources are subject to the team's access policies, and thus may end up with a different visibility than was requested.

**DateFormat**: The format to use for date and time.This setting specifies the date format for the date/time fields(e.g ModifiedTime). Below are the custom date and time format specifiers that can be used:

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| yyyy | year |
| MM | month |
| dd | day |
| hh | hours |
| mm | minutes |
| ss | seconds |
| fff | milliseconds |

These format specifiers can be written in any combination. For example:

```csharp
  DropBox.Config("DateFormat=yyyy-MM-ddThh:mm:ss");
```

```csharp
  DropBox.Config("DateFormat=dd/MM/yyyy hh:mm:ss");
```

If this setting is not specified, the default date/time format will be *yyyy-MM-ddTHH:mm:ssZ*. This is from ISO 8601.

**DownloadTempFile**: The temporary file used when downloading encrypted data.This setting specifies the temporary file used when downloading encrypted data.

When downloading encrypted data with [LocalFile](#localfile-property-dropbox-component) set, the component will automatically create a temporary file at [TempPath](#TempPath) to hold the encrypted file contents. When the download is complete, the data is decrypted to [LocalFile](#localfile-property-dropbox-component).

If the download is interrupted, the specified file will hold the partially downloaded encrypted file contents. Before resuming the download, this setting must be set to a valid file containing the partially encrypted file contents. See [DownloadFile](#downloadfile-method-dropbox-component) for details.

**DropboxNamespacePath**: Specifies the namespace that is used for Dropbox API requests.This setting is used to specify the ID of the namespace that should be used when making requests to the Dropbox API. When set, the Dropbox API will perform all actions relative to the specified namespace rather than to the root namespace. If the namespace does not exist or if the user does not have permissions for that namespace, any requests made to the API will return with a 422 HTTP error code.

See [DropboxRootPath](#DropboxRootPath) for more information about the root namespace.

**DropboxRootPath**: Specifies the expected root for Dropbox API requests.This setting is used to specify the ID of the root that is expected to be used when making requests to the Dropbox API. When set this configuration setting will add the *Dropbox-API-Path-Root* header with the namespace id of the root that is expected by the application. If the root ID has been changed, the server will respond with a 422 HTTP error code with a name space id for the new root. This can be used to inform the application that the relative paths might have changed for the current user.

When using the Dropbox API, calls that access content are "rooted" to a particular directory per the apps permission. This means that relative paths are evaluated to the root location and paths outside the root location are not accessible. The root namespace can change if the users joins, leaves, or changes teams.

To change the namespace that is used in requests, see [DropboxNamespacePath](#DropboxNamespacePath).

**EncryptionIV**: The initialization vector to be used for encryption/decryption.When encrypting or decrypting a file, this setting may be set to specify the initialization vector. Normally the component will derive this value automatically from [EncryptionPassword](#encryptionpassword-property-dropbox-component).

This setting accepts a hex encoded value.

**EncryptionKey**: The key to use during encryption/decryption.When encrypting or decrypting a file, this setting may be set to specify the key to use. Normally the component will derive this value automatically from [EncryptionPassword](#encryptionpassword-property-dropbox-component).

This setting accepts a hex encoded value.

**EncryptionPasswordKDF**: The KDF algorithm to use during password based encryption and decryption.This setting specified the Key Derivation Function (KDF) used to derive a key from the specified [EncryptionPassword](#encryptionpassword-property-dropbox-component). Possible values are:

- 0 (default) - PBKDF1
- 1 - PBKDF2

 Note: PBKDF1 is not FIPS compliant. When operating in FIPS mode PBKDF2 should be used.

**FragmentSize**: The fragment size.This setting controls the fragment size, in bytes, to use while uploading files when [UseResumableUpload](#useresumableupload-property-dropbox-component) is *true*. When [UploadFile](#uploadfile-method-dropbox-component) is called the file will be fragmented into pieces of this size.

The default value is *10485760* (10MB).

**IfRevision**: A revision Id, used to modify certain requests.This setting can be set to a revision Id before calling the following methods to modify their behavior:

- [DeleteResource](#deleteresource-method-dropbox-component): Prevents the deletion from occurring if the specified revision Id does not match the latest revision Id of the file resource specified by the *Resource* method parameter. (Not supported when deleting folder resources.)
- [UploadFile](#uploadfile-method-dropbox-component): *Refer to the [UploadFile](#uploadfile-method-dropbox-component) method's documentation for information.*

**IncludeDeleted**: Whether deleted resources should be included in the results.This setting specifies whether deleted resources should be included in the results when calling [GetResourceInfo](#getresourceinfo-method-dropbox-component), [ListResources](#listresources-method-dropbox-component), [ListChanges](#listchanges-method-dropbox-component), or [GetCurrentChangeMarker](#getcurrentchangemarker-method-dropbox-component).

Note that Dropbox only returns a *very* limited subset of metadata for deleted resources; this is a limitation of the Dropbox API that cannot be changed. Specifically, the following properties are returned:

- [ResourceDeleted](#resourcedeleted-property-dropbox-component) (always *true*)
- [ResourceName](#resourcename-property-dropbox-component)
- [ResourcePath](#resourcepath-property-dropbox-component)

This setting is disabled by default.

**IncludeMounted**: Whether to include resources in mounted folders in the results.This setting specifies whether resources in mounted folders (that is, app folders, shared folders, and team folders) should be included in the results when calling [ListResources](#listresources-method-dropbox-component), [ListChanges](#listchanges-method-dropbox-component), or [GetCurrentChangeMarker](#getcurrentchangemarker-method-dropbox-component).

This setting is enabled by default.

**ListRevisionsMode**: Controls the revision listing mode that the server should use.When listing revisions, the server can return the revision history either by path or by Id. A path's revision history will include revisions for any and all files that have been located there; while an Id's revision history will only return revisions for the associated file resource (regardless of where it's been located over time).

By default, the component chooses which mode the server should use automatically each time [ListRevisions](#listrevisions-method-dropbox-component) is called based on the kind of resource identifier passed for the *FileResource* parameter. If a path (or an Id-based relative path) is provided, it chooses the path-based mode; and if a file resource Id is provided, it chooses the Id-based mode.

This setting can be used to explicitly control which revision listing mode the server should use. Possible values are:

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
| 0 (default) | Auto | The component will automatically choose which mode the server uses based on the kind of resource identifier passed to [ListRevisions](#listrevisions-method-dropbox-component). |
| 1 | Path | The server will always list revisions by path. If a file resource Id is passed to [ListRevisions](#listrevisions-method-dropbox-component), the server will use the path of the file associated with that Id. |
| 2 | Id | The server will always list revisions by file resource Id. If a path (or an Id-based relative path) is provided, the server will use the Id of the file at that path. |

**MaxResults**: Limits the number of resource and change results.This setting specifies the maximum number of results that should be returned each time [ListResources](#listresources-method-dropbox-component) or [ListChanges](#listchanges-method-dropbox-component) is called (it also affects the [NextChangeMarker](#nextchangemarker-property-dropbox-component) value returned by [GetCurrentChangeMarker](#getcurrentchangemarker-method-dropbox-component)). If there are more items than can be returned, the results will be paged and the appropriate "Marker" property populated.

Acceptable values are from 1 to 2000 inclusive. The default is -1, which causes the server's default to be used.

**MaxRevisionResults**: Limits the number of revision results.This setting specifies the maximum number of results that should be returned when [ListRevisions](#listrevisions-method-dropbox-component) is called. (Note that unlike other listing operations, the results returned by [ListRevisions](#listrevisions-method-dropbox-component) cannot be paged through; this setting simply specifies a limit. This is a limitation of the Dropbox API.)

Acceptable values are from 1 to 100 inclusive. The default is -1, which causes the server's default (10) to be used.

**MaxSearchResults**: Limits the number of search results.This setting specifies the maximum number of search results that should be returned each time [Search](#search-method-dropbox-component) is called. If there are more items than can be returned, the results will be truncated and the [SearchMarker](#searchmarker-property-dropbox-component) property populated.

Acceptable values are from 1 to 1000 inclusive. The default is -1, which causes the server's default (100) to be used.

**MuteFileUploads**: Whether the server should suppress file change notifications.This setting controls whether the server should suppress the notifications that it typically sends to applicable users' Dropbox desktop clients when files are uploaded or updated.

This setting is disabled by default; [UploadFile](#uploadfile-method-dropbox-component) will cause the server to send file upload/update notifications.

**PermanentlyDelete**: Whether resources should be permanently deleted (Dropbox Business only).This setting controls whether resources should be deleted permanently when [DeleteResource](#deleteresource-method-dropbox-component) is called.

This setting is disabled by default. Permanent deletion is only supported for Dropbox Business.

**ProgressAbsolute**: Whether the component should track transfer progress absolutely.This setting controls whether the component tracks upload and download progress absolutely or relatively, with regards to the values reported via the [Progress](#progress-event-dropbox-component) event when an interrupted transfer is resumed.

If this setting is enabled (default), then when a transfer is interrupted and later resumed, the values reported by the [Progress](#progress-event-dropbox-component) event will account for the data that was successfully transferred before the interruption.

If this setting is disabled, then the component will treat resumed transfers as "new" transfers, and the values reported by the [Progress](#progress-event-dropbox-component) event will start at *0* rather than from the number of bytes already transferred.

Refer to the [Progress](#progress-event-dropbox-component) event for more information.

**ProgressStep**: How often the progress event should be fired, in terms of percentage.This setting controls how often the component will fire the [Progress](#progress-event-dropbox-component) event during an upload or download, in terms of percentage. Valid values are *0* to *99*, inclusive.

The default value, *1*, will cause the [Progress](#progress-event-dropbox-component) event to fire each time the event's *PercentDone* parameter value increases by one percent. Setting this setting to *0* will cause the [Progress](#progress-event-dropbox-component) event to fire *every* time data is transferred.

Note that the [Progress](#progress-event-dropbox-component) event will *always* fire once at the beginning and end of a transfer, regardless of this setting's value. Also, if *PercentDone* cannot be calculated for a particular transfer (e.g., for downloads that use chunked transfer encoding), then the component will behave as if this setting were *0* for the duration of the transfer.

**RawRequest**: Returns the data that was sent to the server.This setting may be queried after calling any method that sends data to the server to obtain the request data that was transmitted. Such data may be useful for troubleshooting purposes.

**RawResponse**: Returns the data that was received from the server.This setting may be queried after calling any method that sends data to the server to obtain the response data that was received. Such data may be useful for troubleshooting purposes.

**RecurseSubfolders**: Whether to recursively list all resources within the specified folder.This setting specifies whether calling [ListResources](#listresources-method-dropbox-component) will cause all resources within the specified folder to be listed (including those in all subfolders, recursively). This setting also affects [ListChanges](#listchanges-method-dropbox-component) and [GetCurrentChangeMarker](#getcurrentchangemarker-method-dropbox-component).

This setting is disabled by default.

**RenameIfExists**: Whether to rename newly-created resources in the event of a name conflict.This setting specifies whether the server should rename files uploaded with [UploadFile](#uploadfile-method-dropbox-component) and folders created with [CreateFolder](#createfolder-method-dropbox-component) if the desired name is already in use.

The name the server chooses will be always unique; it will append a number to the end of the original name (for files, before the extension). That number will be incremented until a unique name is found.

This setting is disabled by default. Note that, when calling [UploadFile](#uploadfile-method-dropbox-component), this setting takes precedence over the [Overwrite](#overwrite-property-dropbox-component) property if both are enabled.

**TempPath**: The path to the directory where temporary files are created.This setting specifies the path where temporary files are created when downloading encrypted files. If not specified, the system's temporary directory is used. Refer to [DownloadTempFile](#DownloadTempFile) and [DownloadFile](#downloadfile-method-dropbox-component) for more information.

**ThumbnailFormat**: The image format thumbnails should be downloaded in.When [DownloadType](#downloadtype-property-dropbox-component) is set to *1 (ddtFileThumbnail)*, this setting specifies the image format that file thumbnails will be downloaded in when [DownloadFile](#downloadfile-method-dropbox-component) is called. Possible values are:

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| 0 (default) | JPEG |
| 1 | PNG |

**ThumbnailMode**: The mode the server should use to create thumbnails.When [DownloadType](#downloadtype-property-dropbox-component) is set to *1 (ddtFileThumbnail)*, this setting specifies the mode the server should use to create thumbnails when [DownloadFile](#downloadfile-method-dropbox-component) is called. Possible values are:

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
| 0 (default) | Strict | Scale down the image to fit within the given [ThumbnailSize](#ThumbnailSize). |
| 1 | Best fit | Scale down the image to fit within the given [ThumbnailSize](#ThumbnailSize) or its transpose. |
| 2 | Best fit one | Scale down the image to completely cover the given [ThumbnailSize](#ThumbnailSize) or its transpose. |

**ThumbnailSize**: The thumbnail output size.When [DownloadType](#downloadtype-property-dropbox-component) is set to *1 (ddtFileThumbnail)*, this setting specifies the thumbnail output size the server should use. Possible values are:

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| 0 | 32x32 px |
| 1 (default) | 64x64 px |
| 2 | 128x128 px |
| 3 | 256x256 px |
| 4 | 480x320 px |
| 5 | 640x480 px |
| 6 | 960x640 px |
| 7 | 1024x768 px |
| 8 | 2048x1536 px |

 Note that the actual output size of each thumbnail may vary based the currently selected [ThumbnailMode](#ThumbnailMode) option.

**XChildCount**: The number of child elements of the current element.This configuration settings specifies the number of child attributes of the current element. The XChild configuration settings will be indexed from 0 to ([XChildCount](#XChildCount) - 1).

The current element is specified through the [XPath](#XPath) configuration setting. This configuration setting is read-only.

**XChildName[i]**: The name of the child element.This configuration setting provides the name of the i-th child element of the current element.

The current element is specified through the [XPath](#XPath) configuration setting. This configuration setting is read-only.

**XChildXText[i]**: The inner text of the child element.This configuration setting provides the inner text of the i-th child element of the current element.

The current element is specified through the [XPath](#XPath) configuration setting. This configuration setting is read-only.

**XElement**: The name of the current element.This configuration setting provides the name of the current element.

The current element is specified through the [XPath](#XPath) configuration setting. This configuration setting is read-only.

**XParent**: The parent of the current element.This configuration setting provides the parent of the current element.

The current element is specified through the [XPath](#XPath) configuration setting. This configuration setting is read-only.

**XPath**: Provides a way to point to a specific element in the returned XML or JSON response.The [XPath](#XPath) setting allows you to point to specific elements in the XML or JSON response.

When [XPath](#XPath) is set to a valid path, [XElement](#XElement) points to the name of the element, with [XText](#XText), [XParent](#XParent), [XSubTree](#XSubTree), [XChildCount](#XChildCount), [XChildName\[i\]](#XChildName[i]), and [XChildXText\[i\]](#XChildXText[i]) providing other properties of the element.

XPath syntax is available for both XML and JSON documents. An XPath is a series of one or more element accessors separated by the */* character, for example, */A/B/C/D*. An XPath can be absolute (i.e., it starts with */*), or it can be relative to the current [XPath](#XPath) location.

The following are possible values for an element accessor, which operates relative to the current location specified by the XPath accessors, which proceed it in the overall XPath string:

| Accessor | Description |
| --- | --- |
| name | The first element with a particular name. Can be *. |
| [i] | The i-th element. |
| name[i] | The i-th element with a particular name. |
| [last()] | The last element. |
| [last()-i] | The element i before the last element. |
| name[@attrname="attrvalue"] | The first element with a particular name that contains the specified attribute-value pair. Supports single and double quotes. (XML Only) |
| . | The current element. |
| .. | The parent element. |

 NOTE: XPath indices are *1-based*.

For example, assume the following XML and JSON responses.

XML:

```text
<firstlevel>
  <one>value</one>
  <two>
    <item>first</item>
    <item>second</item>
  </two>
  <three>value three</three>
</firstlevel>
```

JSON:

```text
{
  "firstlevel": {
    "one": "value",
    "two": ["first", "second"],
    "three": "value three"
  }
}
```

The following are examples of valid XPaths for these responses:

| Description | XML XPath | JSON XPath |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Document root | / | /json |
| Specific element | /firstlevel/one | /json/firstlevel/one |
| i-th child | /firstlevel/two/item[2] | /json/firstlevel/two/[2] |

This list is not exhaustive, but it provides a general idea of the possibilities.

**XSubTree**: A snapshot of the current element in the document.This configuration setting provides the entirety of the current element (including its subelements).

The current element is specified through the [XPath](#XPath) configuration setting. This configuration setting is read-only.

**XText**: The text of the current element.This configuration setting provides the inner text of the current element.

The current element is specified in the [XPath](#XPath) configuration setting. This configuration setting is read-only.

### OAuth Config Settings

**OAuthAccessTokenExpiration**: The lifetime of the access token.This setting holds the lifetime of the access token in seconds. For instance the value *3600* indicates that the token will expire in one hour from the time it was generated.

**OAuthAuthorizationTokenType**: The type of access token returned.The applicable values include the following:

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| Bearer (default) | When the access token returned by the server is a Bearer type, the authorization string returned by [Authorize](#authorize-method-dropbox-component) will be in the format "Bearer access_token". This can be supplied as the value of the HTTP Authorization header. |

**OAuthAutomaticRefresh**: Whether or not to refresh an expired access token automatically.When this setting is set to *true* and the [Authorization](#authorization-property-dropbox-component) property is not set, the component will automatically get a new access token if it has the necessary properties to do so without user interaction.

For example, when using the Authorization Code grant type, the [OAuthRefreshToken](#oauthrefreshtoken-property-dropbox-component) property should be set to a valid refresh token. When using the Client Credential grant type however, the component does not need any additional properties set as it can already get a new access token without user interaction.

**OAuthBrowserResponseTimeout**: Specifies the amount of time to wait for a response from the browser.This setting specifies the amount of time (in seconds) the component will wait for a response from the browser when requesting user authentication. The default value is *0*, meaning that the component will wait indefinitely.

**OAuthIncludeEmptyRedirectURI**: Whether an empty redirect_uri parameter is included in requests.This setting specifies whether *redirect_uri* is included in the request made by [Authorize](#authorize-method-dropbox-component) if it is empty.

If set to *true* (default) the *redirect_uri* will be sent in all cases. If set to *false* the *redirect_uri* will only be sent if it has a value.

**OAuthJWTPayload**: The payload of the JWT access token if present.This configuration setting provides the payload section of a JWT access token if the access token is a JWT and the component is able to parse out the payload section. This setting only applies to **access tokens** that are returned from a service provider after successfully authorizing and authenticating with the service.

To parse the payload for specific claims, see [OAuthJWTXPath](#OAuthJWTXPath).

**OAuthJWTXChildCount**: The number of child elements of the current element.The number of child attributes of the current element. The OAuthJWTXChildCount configuration settings will be indexed from 0 to ([OAuthJWTXChildCount](#OAuthJWTXChildCount) - 1).

The current element is specified in the [OAuthJWTXPath](#OAuthJWTXPath) configuration setting. This configuration setting is read-only.

**OauthJWTXChildName[i]**: The name of the child element.Provides the name of the i'th child element of the current element.

The current element is specified in the [OAuthJWTXPath](#OAuthJWTXPath) configuration setting. This configuration setting is read-only.

**OAuthJWTXChildXText[i]**: The inner text of the child element.Provides the inner text of the i'th child element of the current element.

The current element is specified in the [OAuthJWTXPath](#OAuthJWTXPath) configuration setting. This configuration setting is read-only.

**OAuthJWTXElement**: The name of the current element.Provides the name of the current element.

The current element is specified in the [OAuthJWTXPath](#OAuthJWTXPath) configuration setting. This configuration setting is read-only.

**OauthJWTXParent**: The parent of the current element.Provides the parent of the current element.

The current element is specified in the [OAuthJWTXPath](#OAuthJWTXPath) configuration setting. This configuration setting is read-only.

**OAuthJWTXPath**: Provides a way to point to a specific element in the returned payload of a JWT based access token.The [OAuthJWTXPath](#OAuthJWTXPath) setting allows you to point to specific claims within the payload of a JWT based access token.

XPath syntax is available for the payload of JWT based access tokens if available. An XPath is a series of one or more element accessors separated by the */* character, for example: */A/B/C/D*.

The following are possible values for an element accessor, which operates relative to the current location specified by the XPath accessors which proceed it in the overall XPath string:

| Accessor | Description |
| --- | --- |
| name | The first element with a particular name. Can be *. |
| [i] | The i-th element. |
| name[i] | The i-th element with a particular name. |
| [last()] | The last element. |
| [last()-i] | The element i before the last element. |

 Here are some examples of valid XPaths and some common claims:

| Description | JSON XPath |
| --- | --- |
| Document root | /json |
| Specific element | /json/element_one |
| Username Claim (Microsoft Specific) | /json/preferred_username |
| Registered Application Name Claim (Microsoft Specific) | /json/app_displayname |

This is not an exhaustive list by any means, but should provide a general idea of the possibilities. To get the text of the specified element, see [OAuthJWTXText](#OAuthJWTXText).

**OAuthJWTXSubTree**: A snapshot of the current element in the document.Provides the entirety of the current element (including its sub-elements).

The current element is specified in the [OAuthJWTXPath](#OAuthJWTXPath) configuration setting. This configuration setting is read-only.

**OAuthJWTXText**: The text of the current element.Provides the inner text of the current element.

The current element is specified in the [OAuthJWTXPath](#OAuthJWTXPath) configuration setting. This configuration setting is read-only.

**OAuthParamCount**: Specifies the number of additional parameters variables to include in the request.This setting can be used to add query string parameters to the outgoing request. One common use for this method would be to add the "state" parameter to the request, which can be used when the [OAuthClientProfile](#oauthclientprofile-property-dropbox-component) is cocpWeb to add user defined data. The authorization server will include the "state" parameter in the response and will be available in the post back to your server which will allow you to maintain state in your application. This is used in conjunction with OAuthParamName[i] and OAuthParamValue[i]. For instance:

```text
component.Config("OAuthParamCount=2");
component.Config("OAuthParamName[0]=myvar");
component.Config("OAuthParamValue[0]=myvalue");
component.Config("OAuthParamName[1]=testname");
component.Config("OAuthParamValue[1]=testvalue");
```

Additionally, this will also be updated to hold the parameters returned in the response.

```text
for (int i = 0; i < int.Parse(component.Config("OAuthParamCount")); i++)
{
  string name = component.Config("OAuthParamName[" + i + "]");
  string value = component.Config("OAuthParamValue[" + i + "]");
}
```

**OAuthParamName[i]**: Specifies the parameter name at the specified index.This setting can be used to retrieve or specify the parameter variable name at the index specified. See [OAuthParamCount](#OAuthParamCount) for details.

**OAuthParamValue[i]**: Specifies the parameter value at the specified index.This setting can be used to retrieve or specify the parameter variable value at the index specified. See [OAuthParamCount](#OAuthParamCount) for details.

**OAuthPasswordGrantUsername**: Used in the Resource Owner Password grant type.Used to set the username property when the [OAuthGrantType](#oauthgranttype-property-dropbox-component) is set to the password grant type and [Authorize](#authorize-method-dropbox-component) is called.

**OAuthPKCEChallengeEncoding**: The PKCE code challenge method to use.This setting controls the PKCE code challenge method used when [OAuthUsePKCE](#OAuthUsePKCE) is set to *true*. Possible values are:

- 1 (Plain)
- 2 (S256/SHA256 - default)

**OAuthPKCEVerifier**: The PKCE verifier used to generate the challenge.This configuration setting when queried provides the PKCE verifier that is used to generate the PKCE challenge for the [Authorize](#authorize-method-dropbox-component) method and the [OAuthWebAuthURL](#oauthwebauthurl-property-dropbox-component) field when [OAuthUsePKCE](#OAuthUsePKCE) is set to true. When using the cocpWeb [OAuthClientProfile](#oauthclientprofile-property-dropbox-component), the configuration setting can be set instead to allow the authorization request to be made from a different instance than the authentication (token) request.

**OAuthResetData**: Determines if the Reset method applies to the OAuth settings.If set to *true* (default), the [Reset](#reset-method-dropbox-component) method will reset the OAuth settings including any authorization fields like [OAuthAccessToken](#oauthaccesstoken-property-dropbox-component) and [OAuthRefreshToken](#oauthrefreshtoken-property-dropbox-component). This means the [Authorize](#authorize-method-dropbox-component) method must be called again to get new authorization information. When set to *false*, the [Reset](#reset-method-dropbox-component) method will **not** reset the OAuth property and the OAuth* configuration settings. This allows for the component to be reset without having to get authorization again.

**OAuthReUseWebServer**: Determines if the same server instance is used between requests.If set to *true* (default), the same embedded web server instance will be used for multiple requests. If set to *false* the embedded web server will be created and destroyed on each call to [Authorize](#authorize-method-dropbox-component)

**OAuthTransferredRequest**: The full OAuth request last sent by the client.This configuration setting returns the full OAuth request last sent by the client. For performance reasons, the request is not normally saved. Set this configuration setting to ON before making a request to enable it. Following are examples of this request:

.NET

```text
Gmail gmail = new Gmail();
gmail.Config("OAuthTransferredRequest=on");
gmail.Authorize();
Console.WriteLine(gmail.Config("OAuthTransferredRequest"));
```

 C++

```text
Gmail gmail;
gmail.Config("OAuthTransferredRequest=on");
gmail.Authorize();
printf("%s\r\n", gmail.Config("OAuthTransferredRequest"));
```

**OAuthUsePKCE**: Specifies if PKCE should be used.If set to *true* (default), Proof Key for Code Exchange (PKCE) defined by RFC 7636 will be used when performing authorization. This setting applies when using the Authorization Code [OAuthGrantType](#oauthgranttype-property-dropbox-component). The [OAuthPKCEChallengeEncoding](#OAuthPKCEChallengeEncoding) configuration setting can be used to control the code challenge method that will be used.

**OAuthWebServerActive**: Specifies and controls whether the embedded web server is active.The setting when queried will return the current state of the web server. If the webserver is active, it will return *"true"* and if it is inactive it will return *"false"*.

This setting can also be set to activate or deactivate the web server. Under normal circumstances, this would not be required as the component will automatically start and stop the web server when [Authorize](#authorize-method-dropbox-component) is called. In certain cases, it is required to start the webserver before calling [Authorize](#authorize-method-dropbox-component). For example, if the [OAuthReturnURL](#oauthreturnurl-property-dropbox-component) needs to be set to a relay server, then you will need to start the web server manually. Another example would be when the [OAuthReUseWebServer](#OAuthReUseWebServer) is set to true, the server will not be automatically stopped, and this configuration setting must be set to *"false"* to stop the embedded web server.

**OAuthWebServerCertStore**: The certificate with private key to use when SSL is enabled.The name of the certificate store used for the embedded web server's SSL.

The [OAuthWebServerCertStoreType](#OAuthWebServerCertStoreType) property specifies the type of the certificate store specified by [OAuthWebServerCertStore](#OAuthWebServerCertStore). If the store is password protected, specify the password in [OAuthWebServerCertStorePassword](#OAuthWebServerCertStorePassword).

[OAuthWebServerCertStore](#OAuthWebServerCertStore) is used in conjunction with the [OAuthWebServerCertSubject](#OAuthWebServerCertSubject) property in order to specify the certificate to be used during SSL.

 Designations of certificate stores are platform dependent.

The following designations are the most common User and Machine certificate stores in Windows:

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| MY | A certificate store holding personal certificates with their associated private keys. |
| CA | Certifying authority certificates. |
| ROOT | Root certificates. |

When the certificate store type is *cstPFXFile*, this property must be set to the name of the file. When the type is *cstPFXBlob*, the property must be set to the binary contents of a PFX file (i.e., PKCS#12 certificate store).

Note: This is required when [OAuthWebServerSSLEnabled](#OAuthWebServerSSLEnabled) is set to *true*.

**OAuthWebServerCertStorePassword**: The certificate with private key to use when SSL is enabled.If the certificate store is of a type that requires a password, this property is used to specify that password in order to open the certificate store.

Note: This is only applicable when [OAuthWebServerSSLEnabled](#OAuthWebServerSSLEnabled) is set to *true*.

**OAuthWebServerCertStoreType**: The certificate with private key to use when SSL is enabled.This specifies the type of certificate store. Possible values are:

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| 0 | User - This is the default for Windows. This specifies that the certificate store is a certificate store owned by the current user. NOTE: This store type is not available in Java. |
| 1 | Machine - For Windows, this specifies that the certificate store is a machine store. NOTE: This store type is not available in Java. |
| 2 | PFXFile - The certificate store is the name of a PFX (PKCS12) file containing certificates. |
| 3 | PFXBlob - The certificate store is a string (binary or Base64-encoded) representing a certificate store in PFX (PKCS12) format. |
| 4 | JKSFile - The certificate store is the name of a Java Key Store (JKS) file containing certificates. NOTE: This store type is available only in Java. |
| 5 | JKSBlob - The certificate store is a string (binary or Base64-encoded) representing a certificate store in Java Key Store (JKS) format. NOTE: This store type is available only in Java. |
| 6 | PEMKeyFile - The certificate store is the name of a PEM-encoded file that contains a private key and an optional certificate. |
| 7 | PEMKeyBlob - The certificate store is a string (binary or Base64-encoded) that contains a private key and an optional certificate. |
| 14 | PPKFile - The certificate store is the name of a file that contains a PPK (PuTTY Private Key). |
| 15 | PPKBlob - The certificate store is a string (binary) that contains a PPK (PuTTY Private Key). |
| 16 | XMLFile - The certificate store is the name of a file that contains a certificate in XML format. |
| 17 | XMLBlob - The certificate store is a string that contains a certificate in XML format. |

 Note: This is required when [OAuthWebServerSSLEnabled](#OAuthWebServerSSLEnabled) is set to *true*.

**OAuthWebServerCertSubject**: The certificate with private key to use when SSL is enabled.The subject of the SSL certificate.

The special value "*" picks a random certificate in the certificate store.

The certificate subject is a comma-separated list of distinguished name fields and values. For instance, "CN=www.server.com, OU=test, C=US, E=example@email.com". Common fields and their meanings are as follows:

| Field | Meaning |
| --- | --- |
| CN | Common Name. This is commonly a hostname like www.server.com. |
| O | Organization |
| OU | Organizational Unit |
| L | Locality |
| S | State |
| C | Country |
| E | Email Address |

If a field value contains a comma, it must be quoted.

Note: This is required when [OAuthWebServerSSLEnabled](#OAuthWebServerSSLEnabled) is set to *true*.

**OAuthWebServerFailedResponse**: The custom response that will be displayed to the user if authentication failed.When [Authorize](#authorize-method-dropbox-component) is called the user will be redirected to the embedded web server upon completing authentication with the authorization server. If authentication failed, the HTML specified here will be sent to the user's browser.

**OAuthWebServerHost**: The hostname used by the embedded web server displayed in the ReturnURL.This setting specifies the hostname used by the embedded web server when [OAuthClientProfile](#oauthclientprofile-property-dropbox-component) is set to cocpApplication. This specifies the interface on which the embedded web server listens, and also the value displayed in the [OAuthReturnURL](#oauthreturnurl-property-dropbox-component). This should be set to the hostname only, not the full URL.

The default value is *localhost*.

**OAuthWebServerPort**: The local port on which the embedded web server listens.This property specifies the port on which the embedded web server listens. Setting this to *0* (default) enables the system to choose a port at random. The chosen port will be returned when this setting is queried after the server has started listening.This is only applicable when using the embedded web server.

**OAuthWebServerResponse**: The custom response that will be displayed to the user.When [Authorize](#authorize-method-dropbox-component) is called the user will be redirected to the embedded web server upon completing authentication with the authorization server. This setting allows you to specify the HTML that will be sent to the user's browser.

**OAuthWebServerSSLEnabled**: Whether the web server requires SSL connections.This setting specifies whether the embedded web server will use SSL. If set to *True* OAuthWebServerCert* configs are required and the server will only accept SSL connections. If set to *False* only plaintext connects are supported.

### HTTP Config Settings

**AcceptEncoding**: Used to tell the server which types of content encodings the client supports.When [AllowHTTPCompression](#AllowHTTPCompression) is True, the component adds an *Accept-Encoding* header to the request being sent to the server. By default, this header's value is "gzip, deflate". This configuration setting allows you to change the value of the *Accept-Encoding* header. NOTE: The component only supports gzip and deflate decompression algorithms.

**AllowHTTPCompression**: This property enables HTTP compression for receiving data.This configuration setting enables HTTP compression for receiving data. When set to True (default), the component will accept compressed data. It then will uncompress the data it has received. The component will handle data compressed by both gzip and deflate compression algorithms.

When True, the component adds an *Accept-Encoding* header to the outgoing request. The value for this header can be controlled by the [AcceptEncoding](#AcceptEncoding) configuration setting. The default value for this header is "gzip, deflate".

The default value is True.

**AllowHTTPFallback**: Whether HTTP/2 connections are permitted to fallback to HTTP/1.1.This configuration setting controls whether HTTP/2 connections are permitted to fall back to HTTP/1.1 when the server does not support HTTP/2. This setting is applicable only when HTTPVersion is set to "2.0".

If set to True (default), the component will automatically use HTTP/1.1 if the server does not support HTTP/2. If set to False, the component raises an exception if the server does not support HTTP/2.

The default value is True.

**Append**: Whether to append data to LocalFile.This configuration setting determines whether data will be appended when writing to [LocalFile](#localfile-property-dropbox-component). When set to True, downloaded data will be appended to [LocalFile](#localfile-property-dropbox-component). This may be used in conjunction with Range to resume a failed download. This is applicable only when [LocalFile](#localfile-property-dropbox-component) is set. The default value is False.

**Authorization**: The Authorization string to be sent to the server.If the [Authorization](#Authorization) property contains a nonempty string, an *Authorization* HTTP request header is added to the request. This header conveys Authorization information to the server.

This property is provided so that the HTTP component can be extended with other security schemes in addition to the authorization schemes already implemented by the component.

The AuthScheme property defines the authentication scheme used. In the case of HTTP Basic Authentication (default), every time User and Password are set, they are Base64 encoded, and the result is put in the [Authorization](#authorization-property-dropbox-component) property in the form "Basic [encoded-user-password]".

**BytesTransferred**: Contains the number of bytes transferred in the response data.This configuration setting returns the raw number of bytes from the HTTP response data, before the component processes the data, whether it is chunked or compressed. This returns the same value as the [Transfer](#transfer-event-dropbox-component) event, by [BytesTransferred](#BytesTransferred).

**ChunkSize**: Specifies the chunk size in bytes when using chunked encoding.This is applicable only when [UseChunkedEncoding](#UseChunkedEncoding) is True. This setting specifies the chunk size in bytes to be used when posting data. The default value is 16384.

**CompressHTTPRequest**: Set to true to compress the body of a PUT or POST request.If set to True, the body of a *PUT* or *POST* request will be compressed into gzip format before sending the request. The "Content-Encoding" header is also added to the outgoing request.

The default value is False.

**EncodeURL**: If set to True the URL will be encoded by the component.If set to True, the URL passed to the component will be URL encoded. The default value is False.

**FollowRedirects**: Determines what happens when the server issues a redirect.This option determines what happens when the server issues a redirect. Normally, the component returns an error if the server responds with an "Object Moved" message. If this property is set to 1 (always), the new URL for the object is retrieved automatically every time.

If this property is set to 2 (Same Scheme), the new URL is retrieved automatically only if the URL Scheme is the same; otherwise, the component raises an exception.

**Note:** Following the HTTP specification, unless this option is set to 1 (Always), automatic redirects will be performed only for *GET* or *HEAD* requests. Other methods potentially could change the conditions of the initial request and create security vulnerabilities.

Furthermore, if either the new URL server or port are different from the existing one, User and Password are also reset to empty, unless this property is set to 1 (Always), in which case the same credentials are used to connect to the new server.

A Redirect event is fired for every URL the product is redirected to. In the case of automatic redirections, the Redirect event is a good place to set properties related to the new connection (e.g., new authentication parameters).

The default value is 0 (Never). In this case, redirects are never followed, and the component raises an exception instead.

Following are the valid options:

- 0 - Never
- 1 - Always
- 2 - Same Scheme

**GetOn302Redirect**: If set to True the component will perform a GET on the new location.The default value is False. If set to True, the component will perform a *GET* on the new location. Otherwise, it will use the same HTTP method again.

**HTTP2HeadersWithoutIndexing**: HTTP2 headers that should not update the dynamic header table with incremental indexing.HTTP/2 servers maintain a dynamic table of headers and values seen over the course of a connection. Typically, these headers are inserted into the table through incremental indexing (also known as HPACK, defined in RFC 7541). To tell the component not to use incremental indexing for certain headers, and thus not update the dynamic table, set this configuration option to a comma-delimited list of the header names.

**HTTPVersion**: The version of HTTP used by the component.This property specifies the HTTP version used by the component. Possible values are as follows:

- "1.0"
- "1.1" (default)
- "2.0"
- "3.0"

When using HTTP/2 ("2.0") or HTTP/3 ("3.0"), additional restrictions apply. Please see the following notes for details.

**HTTP/2 Notes**

When using HTTP/2, a secure Secure Sockets Layer/Transport Layer Security (TLS/SSL) connection is required. Attempting to use a plaintext URL with HTTP/2 will result in an error.

If the server does not support HTTP/2, the component will automatically use HTTP/1.1 instead. This is done to provide compatibility without the need for any additional settings. To see which version was used, check [NegotiatedHTTPVersion](#NegotiatedHTTPVersion) after calling a method. The [AllowHTTPFallback](#AllowHTTPFallback) setting controls whether this behavior is allowed (default) or disallowed.

**HTTP/3 Notes**

HTTP/3 is supported only in .NET and Java.

When using HTTP/3, a secure (TLS/SSL) connection is required. Attempting to use a plaintext URL with HTTP/3 will result in an error.

**IfModifiedSince**: A date determining the maximum age of the desired document.If this setting contains a nonempty string, an If-Modified-Since HTTP header is added to the request. The value of this header is used to make the HTTP request conditional: if the requested documented has not been modified since the time specified in the field, a copy of the document will not be returned from the server; instead, a 304 (not modified) response will be returned by the server and the component throws an exception

The format of the date value for IfModifiedSince is detailed in the HTTP specs. For example:

```text
Sat, 29 Oct 2017 19:43:31 GMT.
```

**KeepAlive**: Determines whether the HTTP connection is closed after completion of the request.If *true*, the component will not send the *Connection: Close* header. The absence of the Connection header indicates to the server that HTTP persistent connections should be used if supported. NOTE: Not all servers support persistent connections. If *false*, the connection will be closed immediately after the server response is received.

 The default value for [KeepAlive](#KeepAlive) is *false*.

**KerberosSPN**: The Service Principal Name for the Kerberos Domain Controller.If the Service Principal Name on the Kerberos Domain Controller is not the same as the URL that you are authenticating to, the Service Principal Name should be set here.

**LogLevel**: The level of detail that is logged.This configuration setting controls the level of detail that is logged through the [Log](#log-event-dropbox-component) event. Possible values are as follows:

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| 0 (None) | No events are logged. |
| 1 (Info - default) | Informational events are logged. |
| 2 (Verbose) | Detailed data are logged. |
| 3 (Debug) | Debug data are logged. |

The value 1 (Info) logs basic information, including the URL, HTTP version, and status details.

The value 2 (Verbose) logs additional information about the request and response.

The value 3 (Debug) logs the headers and body for both the request and response, as well as additional debug information (if any).

**MaxRedirectAttempts**: Limits the number of redirects that are followed in a request.When FollowRedirects is set to any value other than frNever, the component will follow redirects until this maximum number of redirect attempts are made. The default value is 20.

**NegotiatedHTTPVersion**: The negotiated HTTP version.This configuration setting may be queried after the request is complete to indicate the HTTP version used. When HTTPVersion is set to "2.0" (if the server does not support "2.0"), then the component will fall back to using "1.1" automatically. This setting will indicate which version was used.

**OtherHeaders**: Other headers as determined by the user (optional).This configuration setting can be set to a string of headers to be appended to the HTTP request headers.

The headers must follow the format "header: value" as described in the HTTP specifications. Header lines should be separated by CRLF (*"\r\n"*) .

Use this configuration setting with caution. If this configuration setting contains invalid headers, HTTP requests may fail.

This configuration setting is useful for extending the functionality of the component beyond what is provided.

**ProxyAuthorization**: The authorization string to be sent to the proxy server.This is similar to the [Authorization](#Authorization) configuration setting, but is used for proxy authorization. If this configuration setting contains a nonempty string, a *Proxy-Authorization* HTTP request header is added to the request. This header conveys proxy Authorization information to the server. If [ProxyUser](#proxyuser-property-dropbox-component) and [ProxyPassword](#proxypassword-property-dropbox-component) are specified, this value is calculated using the algorithm specified by [ProxyAuthScheme](#proxyauthscheme-property-dropbox-component).

**ProxyAuthScheme**: The authorization scheme to be used for the proxy.This configuration setting is provided for use by components that do not directly expose Proxy properties.

**ProxyPassword**: A password if authentication is to be used for the proxy.This configuration setting is provided for use by components that do not directly expose Proxy properties.

**ProxyPort**: Port for the proxy server (default 80).This configuration setting is provided for use by components that do not directly expose Proxy properties.

**ProxyServer**: Name or IP address of a proxy server (optional).This configuration setting is provided for use by components that do not directly expose Proxy properties.

**ProxyUser**: A user name if authentication is to be used for the proxy.This configuration setting is provided for use by components that do not directly expose Proxy properties.

**SentHeaders**: The full set of headers as sent by the client.This configuration setting returns the complete set of raw headers as sent by the client.

**StatusCode**: The status code of the last response from the server.This configuration setting contains the result code of the last response from the server.

**StatusLine**: The first line of the last response from the server.This setting contains the first line of the last response from the server. The format of the line will be *[HTTP version] [Result Code] [Description]*.

**TransferredData**: The contents of the last response from the server.This configuration setting contains the contents of the last response from the server.

**TransferredDataLimit**: The maximum number of incoming bytes to be stored by the component.If [TransferredDataLimit](#TransferredDataLimit) is set to 0 (default), no limits are imposed. Otherwise, this reflects the maximum number of incoming bytes that can be stored by the component.

**TransferredHeaders**: The full set of headers as received from the server.This configuration setting returns the complete set of raw headers as received from the server.

**TransferredRequest**: The full request as sent by the client.This configuration setting returns the full request as sent by the client. For performance reasons, the request is not normally saved. Set this configuration setting to ON before making a request to enable it. Following are examples of this request:

 .NET

```text
Http http = new Http();
http.Config("TransferredRequest=on");
http.PostData = "body";
http.Post("http://someserver.com");
Console.WriteLine(http.Config("TransferredRequest"));
```

 C++

```text
HTTP http;
http.Config("TransferredRequest=on");
http.SetPostData("body", 5);
http.Post("http://someserver.com");
printf("%s\r\n", http.Config("TransferredRequest"));
```

**UseChunkedEncoding**: Enables or Disables HTTP chunked encoding for transfers.If [UseChunkedEncoding](#UseChunkedEncoding) is set to True, the component will use HTTP-chunked encoding when posting, if possible. HTTP-chunked encoding allows large files to be sent in chunks instead of all at once. If set to False, the component will not use HTTP-chunked encoding. The default value is False.

NOTE: Some servers (such as the ASP.NET Development Server) may not support chunked encoding.

**UseIDNs**: Whether to encode hostnames to internationalized domain names.This configuration setting specifies whether hostnames containing non-ASCII characters are encoded to internationalized domain names. When set to True, if a hostname contains non-ASCII characters, it is encoded using Punycode to an IDN (internationalized domain name).

The default value is False and the hostname will always be used exactly as specified. NOTE: The [CodePage](#CodePage) setting must be set to a value capable of interpreting the specified host name. For instance, to specify UTF-8, set [CodePage](#CodePage) to *65001*.

**UseProxyAutoConfigURL**: Whether to use a Proxy auto-config file when attempting a connection.This configuration specifies whether the component will attempt to use the Proxy auto-config URL when establishing a connection and [ProxyAutoDetect](#proxyautodetect-property-dropbox-component) is set to *True*.

When *True* (default), the component will check for the existence of a Proxy auto-config URL, and if found, will determine the appropriate proxy to use.

**UserAgent**: Information about the user agent (browser).This is the value supplied in the HTTP User-Agent header. The default setting is "IPWorks HTTP Component - www.nsoftware.com".

Override the default with the name and version of your software.

### TCPClient Config Settings

**ConnectionTimeout**: Sets a separate timeout value for establishing a connection.When set, this configuration setting allows you to specify a different timeout value for establishing a connection. Otherwise, the component will use [Timeout](#timeout-property-dropbox-component) for establishing a connection and transmitting/receiving data.

**FirewallAutoDetect**: Tells the component whether or not to automatically detect and use firewall system settings, if available.This configuration setting is provided for use by components that do not directly expose Firewall properties.

**FirewallHost**: Name or IP address of firewall (optional).If a [FirewallHost](#FirewallHost) is given, requested connections will be authenticated through the specified firewall when connecting.

If the [FirewallHost](#FirewallHost) setting is set to a Domain Name, a DNS request is initiated. Upon successful termination of the request, the [FirewallHost](#FirewallHost) setting is set to the corresponding address. If the search is not successful, an error is returned.

NOTE: This setting is provided for use by components that do not directly expose Firewall properties.

**FirewallHTTPVersion**: The HTTP version to be used when connecting through a tunneling proxy.When [FirewallType](#FirewallType) is set to a tunneling proxy, this setting dictates which HTTP version is used when connecting.

**FirewallPassword**: Password to be used if authentication is to be used when connecting through the firewall.If [FirewallHost](#FirewallHost) is specified, the [FirewallUser](#FirewallUser) and [FirewallPassword](#FirewallPassword) settings are used to connect and authenticate to the given firewall. If the authentication fails, the component raises an exception.

NOTE: This setting is provided for use by components that do not directly expose Firewall properties.

**FirewallPort**: The TCP port for the FirewallHost;.The [FirewallPort](#FirewallPort) is set automatically when [FirewallType](#FirewallType) is set to a valid value.

NOTE: This configuration setting is provided for use by components that do not directly expose Firewall properties.

**FirewallType**: Determines the type of firewall to connect through.Possible values are as follows:

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| 0 | No firewall (default setting). |
| 1 | Connect through a tunneling proxy. [FirewallPort](#FirewallPort) is set to 80. |
| 2 | Connect through a SOCKS4 Proxy. [FirewallPort](#FirewallPort) is set to 1080. |
| 3 | Connect through a SOCKS5 Proxy. [FirewallPort](#FirewallPort) is set to 1080. |
| 10 | Connect through a SOCKS4A Proxy. [FirewallPort](#FirewallPort) is set to 1080. |

NOTE: This setting is provided for use by components that do not directly expose Firewall properties.

**FirewallUser**: A user name if authentication is to be used connecting through a firewall.If the [FirewallHost](#FirewallHost) is specified, the [FirewallUser](#FirewallUser) and [FirewallPassword](#FirewallPassword) settings are used to connect and authenticate to the Firewall. If the authentication fails, the component raises an exception.

NOTE: This setting is provided for use by components that do not directly expose Firewall properties.

**KeepAliveInterval**: The retry interval, in milliseconds, to be used when a TCP keep-alive packet is sent and no response is received.When set, [TCPKeepAlive](#TCPKeepAlive) will automatically be set to True. A TCP keep-alive packet will be sent after a period of inactivity as defined by [KeepAliveTime](#KeepAliveTime). If no acknowledgment is received from the remote host, the keep-alive packet will be sent again. This configuration setting specifies the interval at which the successive keep-alive packets are sent in milliseconds. This system default if this value is not specified here is 1 second.

NOTE: This value is not applicable in macOS.

**KeepAliveTime**: The inactivity time in milliseconds before a TCP keep-alive packet is sent.When set, [TCPKeepAlive](#TCPKeepAlive) will automatically be set to True. By default, the operating system will determine the time a connection is idle before a Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) keep-alive packet is sent. This system default if this value is not specified here is 2 hours. In many cases, a shorter interval is more useful. Set this value to the desired interval in milliseconds.

**Linger**: When set to True, connections are terminated gracefully.This property controls how a connection is closed. The default is True.

In the case that Linger is True (default), two scenarios determine how long the connection will linger. In the first, if [LingerTime](#LingerTime) is 0 (default), the system will attempt to send pending data for a connection until the default IP timeout expires.

In the second scenario, if [LingerTime](#LingerTime) is a positive value, the system will attempt to send pending data until the specified [LingerTime](#LingerTime) is reached. If this attempt fails, then the system will reset the connection.

The default behavior (which is also the default mode for stream sockets) might result in a long delay in closing the connection. Although the component returns control immediately, the system could hold system resources until all pending data are sent (even after your application closes).

Setting this property to False forces an immediate disconnection. If you know that the other side has received all the data you sent (e.g., by a client acknowledgment), setting this property to False might be the appropriate course of action.

**LingerTime**: Time in seconds to have the connection linger. LingerTime is the time, in seconds, the socket connection will linger. This value is 0 by default, which means it will use the default IP timeout.

**LocalHost**: The name of the local host through which connections are initiated or accepted. The [LocalHost](#localhost-property-dropbox-component) setting contains the name of the local host as obtained by the *gethostname()* system call, or if the user has assigned an IP address, the value of that address.

In multihomed hosts (machines with more than one IP interface), setting LocalHost to the value of an interface will make the component initiate connections (or accept in the case of server components) only through that interface.

If the component is connected, the [LocalHost](#localhost-property-dropbox-component) setting shows the IP address of the interface through which the connection is made in internet dotted format (aaa.bbb.ccc.ddd). In most cases, this is the address of the local host, except for multihomed hosts (machines with more than one IP interface).

**LocalPort**: The port in the local host where the component binds. This configuration setting must be set before a connection is attempted. It instructs the component to bind to a specific port (or communication endpoint) in the local machine.

Setting this to 0 (default) enables the system to choose a port at random. The chosen port will be shown by LocalPort after the connection is established.

LocalPort cannot be changed once a connection is made. Any attempt to set this when a connection is active will generate an error.

This configuration setting is useful when trying to connect to services that require a trusted port on the client side. An example is the remote shell (rsh) service in UNIX systems.

**MaxLineLength**: The maximum amount of data to accumulate when no EOL is found.[MaxLineLength](#MaxLineLength) is the size of an internal buffer, which holds received data while waiting for an EOL string.

If an EOL string is found in the input stream before [MaxLineLength](#MaxLineLength) bytes are received, the DataIn event is fired with the *EOL* parameter set to True, and the buffer is reset.

If no EOL is found, and [MaxLineLength](#MaxLineLength) bytes are accumulated in the buffer, the DataIn event is fired with the *EOL* parameter set to False, and the buffer is reset.

The minimum value for [MaxLineLength](#MaxLineLength) is 256 bytes. The default value is 2048 bytes.

**MaxTransferRate**: The transfer rate limit in bytes per second.This configuration setting can be used to throttle outbound TCP traffic. Set this to the number of bytes to be sent per second. By default, this is not set and there is no limit.

**ProxyExceptionsList**: A semicolon separated list of hosts and IPs to bypass when using a proxy.This configuration setting optionally specifies a semicolon-separated list of hostnames or IP addresses to bypass when a proxy is in use. When requests are made to hosts specified in this property, the proxy will not be used. For instance:

*www.google.com;www.example.com*

**TCPKeepAlive**: Determines whether or not the keep alive socket option is enabled.If set to True, the socket's keep-alive option is enabled and keep-alive packets will be sent periodically to maintain the connection. Set [KeepAliveTime](#KeepAliveTime) and [KeepAliveInterval](#KeepAliveInterval) to configure the timing of the keep-alive packets.

NOTE: This value is not applicable in Java.

**TcpNoDelay**: Whether or not to delay when sending packets. When set to True, the socket will send all data that are ready to send at once. When set to False, the socket will send smaller buffered packets of data at small intervals. This is known as the Nagle algorithm.

By default, this configuration setting is set to False.

**UseIPv6**: Whether to use IPv6.When set to *0* (default), the component will use IPv4 exclusively. When set to *1*, the component will use IPv6 exclusively. To instruct the component to prefer IPv6 addresses, but use IPv4 if IPv6 is not supported on the system, this setting should be set to *2*. The default value is *0*. Possible values are as follows:

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| 0 | IPv4 only |
| 1 | IPv6 only |
| 2 | IPv6 with IPv4 fallback |

**UseNTLMv2**: Whether to use NTLM V2.When authenticating with NTLM, this setting specifies whether NTLM V2 is used. By default this value is True and NTLM V2 will be used. Set this to False to use NTLM V1.

### SSL Config Settings

**LogSSLPackets**: Controls whether SSL packets are logged when using the internal security API.When [SSLProvider](#sslprovider-property-dropbox-component) is set to *Internal*, this configuration setting controls whether Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) packets should be logged. By default, this configuration setting is *False*, as it is useful only for debugging purposes.

When enabled, SSL packet logs are output using the [SSLStatus](#sslstatus-event-dropbox-component) event, which will fire each time an SSL packet is sent or received.

Enabling this configuration setting has no effect if [SSLProvider](#sslprovider-property-dropbox-component) is set to *Platform*.

**OpenSSLCADir**: The path to a directory containing CA certificates.This functionality is available only when the provider is OpenSSL.

The path set by this property should point to a directory containing CA certificates in PEM format. The files each contain one CA certificate. The files are looked up by the CA subject name hash value, which must hence be available. If more than one CA certificate with the same name hash value exist, the extension must be different (e.g., 9d66eef0.0, 9d66eef0.1). OpenSSL recommends the use of the c_rehash utility to create the necessary links. Please refer to the OpenSSL man page SSL_CTX_load_verify_locations(3) for details.

**OpenSSLCAFile**: Name of the file containing the list of CA's trusted by your application.This functionality is available only when the provider is OpenSSL.

The file set by this property should contain a list of CA certificates in PEM format. The file can contain several CA certificates identified by the following sequences:

 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----

 ... (CA certificate in base64 encoding) ...

 -----END CERTIFICATE-----

 Before, between, and after the certificate text is allowed, which can be used, for example, for descriptions of the certificates. Refer to the OpenSSL man page SSL_CTX_load_verify_locations(3) for details.

**OpenSSLCipherList**: A string that controls the ciphers to be used by SSL.This functionality is available only when the provider is OpenSSL.

The format of this string is described in the OpenSSL man page ciphers(1) section "CIPHER LIST FORMAT". Please refer to it for details. The default string "DEFAULT" is determined at compile time and is normally equivalent to "ALL:!ADH:RC4+RSA:+SSLv2:@STRENGTH".

**OpenSSLPrngSeedData**: The data to seed the pseudo random number generator (PRNG).This functionality is available only when the provider is OpenSSL.

By default, OpenSSL uses the device file "/dev/urandom" to seed the PRNG, and setting OpenSSLPrngSeedData is not required. If set, the string specified is used to seed the PRNG.

**ReuseSSLSession**: Determines if the SSL session is reused.

If set to True, the component will reuse the context if and only if the following criteria are met:

- The target host name is the same.
- The system cache entry has not expired (default timeout is 10 hours).
- The application process that calls the function is the same.
- The logon session is the same.
- The instance of the component is the same.

**SSLCACerts**: A newline separated list of CA certificates to be included when performing an SSL handshake.When [SSLProvider](#sslprovider-property-dropbox-component) is set to *Internal*, this configuration setting specifies one or more CA certificates to be included with the SSLCert property. Some servers or clients require the entire chain, including CA certificates, to be presented when performing SSL authentication. The value of this configuration setting is a newline-separated (CR/LF) list of certificates. For instance:

```text
-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
MIIEKzCCAxOgAwIBAgIRANTET4LIkxdH6P+CFIiHvTowDQYJKoZIhvcNAQELBQAw
... Intermediate Cert ...
eWHV5OW1K53o/atv59sOiW5K3crjFhsBOd5Q+cJJnU+SWinPKtANXMht+EDvYY2w
F0I1XhM+pKj7FjDr+XNj
-----END CERTIFICATE-----
\r \n
-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
MIIEFjCCAv6gAwIBAgIQetu1SMxpnENAnnOz1P+PtTANBgkqhkiG9w0BAQUFADBp
... Root Cert ...
d8q23djXZbVYiIfE9ebr4g3152BlVCHZ2GyPdjhIuLeH21VbT/dyEHHA
-----END CERTIFICATE-----
```

**SSLCheckCRL**: Whether to check the Certificate Revocation List for the server certificate.This configuration setting specifies whether the component will check the Certificate Revocation List (CRL) specified by the server certificate. If set to 1 or 2, the component will first obtain the list of CRL URLs from the server certificate's CRL distribution points extension. The component will then make HTTP requests to each CRL endpoint to check the validity of the server's certificate. If the certificate has been revoked or any other issues are found during validation the component raises an exception.

When set to 0 (default), the CRL check will not be performed by the component. When set to 1, it will attempt to perform the CRL check, but it will continue without an error if the server's certificate does not support CRL. When set to 2, it will perform the CRL check and will throw an error if CRL is not supported.

This configuration setting is supported only in the Java, C#, and C++ editions. In the C++ edition, it is supported only on Windows operating systems.

**SSLCheckOCSP**: Whether to use OCSP to check the status of the server certificate.This configuration setting specifies whether the component will use OCSP to check the validity of the server certificate. If set to 1 or 2, the component will first obtain the Online Certificate Status Protocol (OCSP) URL from the server certificate's OCSP extension. The component will then locate the issuing certificate and make an HTTP request to the OCSP endpoint to check the validity of the server's certificate. If the certificate has been revoked or any other issues are found during validation, the component raises an exception.

When set to 0 (default), the component will not perform an OCSP check. When set to 1, it will attempt to perform the OCSP check, but it will continue without an error if the server's certificate does not support OCSP. When set to 2, it will perform the OCSP check and will throw an error if OCSP is not supported.

This configuration setting is supported only in the Java, C#, and C++ editions. In the C++ edition, it is supported only on Windows operating systems.

**SSLCipherStrength**: The minimum cipher strength used for bulk encryption. This minimum cipher strength is largely dependent on the security modules installed on the system. If the cipher strength specified is not supported, an error will be returned when connections are initiated.

NOTE: This configuration setting contains the minimum cipher strength requested from the security library. The actual cipher strength used for the connection is shown by the [SSLStatus](#sslstatus-event-dropbox-component) event.

Use this configuration setting with caution. Requesting a lower cipher strength than necessary could potentially cause serious security vulnerabilities in your application.

When the provider is OpenSSL, [SSLCipherStrength](#SSLCipherStrength) is currently not supported. This functionality is instead made available through the [OpenSSLCipherList](#OpenSSLCipherList) configuration setting.

**SSLClientCACerts**: A newline separated list of CA certificates to use during SSL client certificate validation.This configuration setting is only applicable to server components (e.g., TCPServer) see [SSLServerCACerts](#SSLServerCACerts) for client components (e.g., TCPClient). This setting can be used to optionally specify one or more CA certificates to be used when verifying the client certificate that is presented by the client during the SSL handshake when SSLAuthenticateClients is enabled. When verifying the client's certificate, the certificates trusted by the system will be used as part of the verification process. If the client's CA certificates are not installed to the trusted system store, they may be specified here so they are included when performing the verification process. This configuration setting should be set only if the client's CA certificates are not already trusted on the system and cannot be installed to the trusted system store.

The value of this configuration setting is a newline-separated (CR/LF) list of certificates. For instance:

```text
-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
MIIEKzCCAxOgAwIBAgIRANTET4LIkxdH6P+CFIiHvTowDQYJKoZIhvcNAQELBQAw
... Intermediate Cert ...
eWHV5OW1K53o/atv59sOiW5K3crjFhsBOd5Q+cJJnU+SWinPKtANXMht+EDvYY2w
F0I1XhM+pKj7FjDr+XNj
-----END CERTIFICATE-----
\r \n
-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
MIIEFjCCAv6gAwIBAgIQetu1SMxpnENAnnOz1P+PtTANBgkqhkiG9w0BAQUFADBp
... Root Cert ...
d8q23djXZbVYiIfE9ebr4g3152BlVCHZ2GyPdjhIuLeH21VbT/dyEHHA
-----END CERTIFICATE-----
```

**SSLEnabledCipherSuites**: The cipher suite to be used in an SSL negotiation.This configuration setting enables the cipher suites to be used in SSL negotiation.

By default, the enabled cipher suites will include all available ciphers ("*").

The special value "*" means that the component will pick all of the supported cipher suites. If [SSLEnabledCipherSuites](#SSLEnabledCipherSuites) is set to any other value, only the specified cipher suites will be considered.

Multiple cipher suites are separated by semicolons.

Example values when [SSLProvider](#sslprovider-property-dropbox-component) is set to *Platform* include the following:

```text
obj.config("SSLEnabledCipherSuites=*");
obj.config("SSLEnabledCipherSuites=CALG_AES_256");
obj.config("SSLEnabledCipherSuites=CALG_AES_256;CALG_3DES");
```

 Possible values when [SSLProvider](#sslprovider-property-dropbox-component) is set to *Platform* include the following:

- CALG_3DES
- CALG_3DES_112
- CALG_AES
- CALG_AES_128
- CALG_AES_192
- CALG_AES_256
- CALG_AGREEDKEY_ANY
- CALG_CYLINK_MEK
- CALG_DES
- CALG_DESX
- CALG_DH_EPHEM
- CALG_DH_SF
- CALG_DSS_SIGN
- CALG_ECDH
- CALG_ECDH_EPHEM
- CALG_ECDSA
- CALG_ECMQV
- CALG_HASH_REPLACE_OWF
- CALG_HUGHES_MD5
- CALG_HMAC
- CALG_KEA_KEYX
- CALG_MAC
- CALG_MD2
- CALG_MD4
- CALG_MD5
- CALG_NO_SIGN
- CALG_OID_INFO_CNG_ONLY
- CALG_OID_INFO_PARAMETERS
- CALG_PCT1_MASTER
- CALG_RC2
- CALG_RC4
- CALG_RC5
- CALG_RSA_KEYX
- CALG_RSA_SIGN
- CALG_SCHANNEL_ENC_KEY
- CALG_SCHANNEL_MAC_KEY
- CALG_SCHANNEL_MASTER_HASH
- CALG_SEAL
- CALG_SHA
- CALG_SHA1
- CALG_SHA_256
- CALG_SHA_384
- CALG_SHA_512
- CALG_SKIPJACK
- CALG_SSL2_MASTER
- CALG_SSL3_MASTER
- CALG_SSL3_SHAMD5
- CALG_TEK
- CALG_TLS1_MASTER
- CALG_TLS1PRF

 Example values when [SSLProvider](#sslprovider-property-dropbox-component) is set to *Internal*include the following:

```text
obj.config("SSLEnabledCipherSuites=*");
obj.config("SSLEnabledCipherSuites=TLS_DHE_DSS_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA");
obj.config("SSLEnabledCipherSuites=TLS_DHE_DSS_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA;TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA");
```

 Possible values when [SSLProvider](#sslprovider-property-dropbox-component) is set to *Internal* include the following:

- TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
- TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
- TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
- TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
- TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
- TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
- TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
- TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
- TLS_DHE_DSS_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
- TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
- TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
- TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
- TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
- TLS_DHE_DSS_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
- TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384
- TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
- TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384
- TLS_DHE_DSS_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA256
- TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA256
- TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384
- TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384
- TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA256
- TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
- TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
- TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
- TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
- TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
- TLS_DHE_DSS_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
- TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
- TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
- TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
- TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
- TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
- TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
- TLS_DHE_DSS_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
- TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
- TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
- TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
- TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
- TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
- TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
- TLS_DHE_DSS_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
- TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA
- TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA
- TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA
- TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA
- TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA
- TLS_DHE_DSS_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA
- TLS_RSA_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA
- TLS_RSA_WITH_DES_CBC_SHA
- TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_DES_CBC_SHA
- TLS_DHE_DSS_WITH_DES_CBC_SHA
- TLS_RSA_WITH_RC4_128_MD5
- TLS_RSA_WITH_RC4_128_SHA

When TLS 1.3 is negotiated (see [SSLEnabledProtocols](#SSLEnabledProtocols)), only the following cipher suites are supported:

- TLS_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
- TLS_CHACHA20_POLY1305_SHA256
- TLS_AES_128_GCM_SHA256

[SSLEnabledCipherSuites](#SSLEnabledCipherSuites) is used together with [SSLCipherStrength](#SSLCipherStrength).

**SSLEnabledProtocols**: Used to enable/disable the supported security protocols.This configuration setting is used to enable or disable the supported security protocols.

Not all supported protocols are enabled by default. The default value is *4032* for client components, and *3072* for server components. To specify a combination of enabled protocol versions set this config to the binary *OR* of one or more of the following values:

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| TLS1.3 | 12288 (Hex 3000) |
| TLS1.2 | 3072 (Hex C00) (Default - Client and Server) |
| TLS1.1 | 768 (Hex 300) (Default - Client) |
| TLS1 | 192 (Hex C0) (Default - Client) |
| SSL3 | 48 (Hex 30) |
| SSL2 | 12 (Hex 0C) |

Note that only TLS 1.2 is enabled for server components that accept incoming connections. This adheres to industry standards to ensure a secure connection. Client components enable TLS 1.0, TLS 1.1, and TLS 1.2 by default and will negotiate the highest mutually supported version when connecting to a server, which should be TLS 1.2 in most cases.

**SSLEnabledProtocols: Transport Layer Security (TLS) 1.3 Notes:**

By default when TLS 1.3 is enabled, the component will first try to use the platform TLS 1.3 implementation when the [SSLProvider](#sslprovider-property-dropbox-component) is set to Automatic for all editions. If the platform TLS 1.3 implementation is not available, the internal implementation will be used.

In editions that are designed to run on Windows, [SSLProvider](#sslprovider-property-dropbox-component) can be set to Platform to use the platform implementation instead of the internal implementation. When configured in this manner, please note that the platform provider is supported only on Windows 11/Windows Server 2022 and up. The default internal provider is available on all platforms and is not restricted to any specific OS version.

If set to *1* (Platform provider), please be aware of the following notes:

- The platform provider is available only on Windows 11/Windows Server 2022 and up.
- [SSLEnabledCipherSuites](#SSLEnabledCipherSuites) and other similar SSL configuration settings are not supported.
- If [SSLEnabledProtocols](#SSLEnabledProtocols) includes both TLS 1.3 and TLS 1.2, these restrictions are still applicable even if TLS 1.2 is negotiated. Enabling TLS 1.3 with the platform provider changes the implementation used for all TLS versions.

**SSLEnabledProtocols: SSL2 and SSL3 Notes: **

SSL 2.0 and 3.0 are not supported by the component when the [SSLProvider](#sslprovider-property-dropbox-component) is set to internal. To use SSL 2.0 or SSL 3.0, the platform security API must have the protocols enabled and [SSLProvider](#sslprovider-property-dropbox-component) needs to be set to platform.

**SSLEnableRenegotiation**: Whether the renegotiation_info SSL extension is supported.This configuration setting specifies whether the renegotiation_info SSL extension will be used in the request when using the internal security API. This configuration setting is *false* by default, but it can be set to *true* to enable the extension.

This configuration setting is applicable only when [SSLProvider](#sslprovider-property-dropbox-component) is set to *Internal*.

**SSLIncludeCertChain**: Whether the entire certificate chain is included in the SSLServerAuthentication event.This configuration setting specifies whether the Encoded parameter of the [SSLServerAuthentication](#sslserverauthentication-event-dropbox-component) event contains the full certificate chain. By default this value is False and only the leaf certificate will be present in the Encoded parameter of the [SSLServerAuthentication](#sslserverauthentication-event-dropbox-component) event.

If set to True, all certificates returned by the server will be present in the Encoded parameter of the [SSLServerAuthentication](#sslserverauthentication-event-dropbox-component) event. This includes the leaf certificate, any intermediate certificate, and the root certificate.

**SSLKeyLogFile**: The location of a file where per-session secrets are written for debugging purposes.This configuration setting optionally specifies the full path to a file on disk where per-session secrets are stored for debugging purposes.

When set, the component will save the session secrets in the same format as the SSLKEYLOGFILE environment variable functionality used by most major browsers and tools, such as Chrome, Firefox, and cURL. This file can then be used in tools such as Wireshark to decrypt TLS traffic for debugging purposes. When writing to this file, the component will only append, it will not overwrite previous values.

NOTE: This configuration setting is applicable only when [SSLProvider](#sslprovider-property-dropbox-component) is set to *Internal*.

**SSLNegotiatedCipher**: Returns the negotiated cipher suite.This configuration setting returns the cipher suite negotiated during the SSL handshake.

NOTE: For server components (e.g., TCPServer), this is a per-connection configuration setting accessed by passing the ConnectionId. For example:

```csharp
server.Config("SSLNegotiatedCipher[connId]");
```

**SSLNegotiatedCipherStrength**: Returns the negotiated cipher suite strength.This configuration setting returns the strength of the cipher suite negotiated during the SSL handshake.

NOTE: For server components (e.g., TCPServer), this is a per-connection configuration setting accessed by passing the ConnectionId. For example:

```csharp
server.Config("SSLNegotiatedCipherStrength[connId]");
```

**SSLNegotiatedCipherSuite**: Returns the negotiated cipher suite.This configuration setting returns the cipher suite negotiated during the SSL handshake represented as a single string.

NOTE: For server components (e.g., TCPServer), this is a per-connection configuration setting accessed by passing the ConnectionId. For example:

```csharp
server.Config("SSLNegotiatedCipherSuite[connId]");
```

**SSLNegotiatedKeyExchange**: Returns the negotiated key exchange algorithm.This configuration setting returns the key exchange algorithm negotiated during the SSL handshake.

NOTE: For server components (e.g., TCPServer), this is a per-connection configuration setting accessed by passing the ConnectionId. For example:

```csharp
server.Config("SSLNegotiatedKeyExchange[connId]");
```

**SSLNegotiatedKeyExchangeStrength**: Returns the negotiated key exchange algorithm strength.This configuration setting returns the strength of the key exchange algorithm negotiated during the SSL handshake.

NOTE: For server components (e.g., TCPServer), this is a per-connection configuration setting accessed by passing the ConnectionId. For example:

```csharp
server.Config("SSLNegotiatedKeyExchangeStrength[connId]");
```

**SSLNegotiatedVersion**: Returns the negotiated protocol version.This configuration setting returns the protocol version negotiated during the SSL handshake.

NOTE: For server components (e.g., TCPServer), this is a per-connection configuration setting accessed by passing the ConnectionId. For example:

```csharp
server.Config("SSLNegotiatedVersion[connId]");
```

**SSLSecurityFlags**: Flags that control certificate verification.The following flags are defined (specified in hexadecimal notation). They can be ORed together to exclude multiple conditions:

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| 0x00000001 | Ignore time validity status of certificate. |
| 0x00000002 | Ignore time validity status of CTL. |
| 0x00000004 | Ignore non-nested certificate times. |
| 0x00000010 | Allow unknown certificate authority. |
| 0x00000020 | Ignore wrong certificate usage. |
| 0x00000100 | Ignore unknown certificate revocation status. |
| 0x00000200 | Ignore unknown CTL signer revocation status. |
| 0x00000400 | Ignore unknown certificate authority revocation status. |
| 0x00000800 | Ignore unknown root revocation status. |
| 0x00008000 | Allow test root certificate. |
| 0x00004000 | Trust test root certificate. |
| 0x80000000 | Ignore non-matching CN (certificate CN non-matching server name). |

This functionality is currently not available when the provider is OpenSSL.

**SSLServerCACerts**: A newline separated list of CA certificates to use during SSL server certificate validation.This configuration setting is only used by client components (e.g., TCPClient) see [SSLClientCACerts](#SSLClientCACerts) for server components (e.g., TCPServer). This configuration setting can be used to optionally specify one or more CA certificates to be used when connecting to the server and verifying the server certificate. When verifying the server's certificate, the certificates trusted by the system will be used as part of the verification process. If the server's CA certificates are not installed to the trusted system store, they may be specified here so they are included when performing the verification process. This configuration setting should be set only if the server's CA certificates are not already trusted on the system and cannot be installed to the trusted system store.

The value of this configuration setting is a newline-separated (CR/LF) list of certificates. For instance:

```text
-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
MIIEKzCCAxOgAwIBAgIRANTET4LIkxdH6P+CFIiHvTowDQYJKoZIhvcNAQELBQAw
... Intermediate Cert...
eWHV5OW1K53o/atv59sOiW5K3crjFhsBOd5Q+cJJnU+SWinPKtANXMht+EDvYY2w
F0I1XhM+pKj7FjDr+XNj
-----END CERTIFICATE-----
\r \n
-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
MIIEFjCCAv6gAwIBAgIQetu1SMxpnENAnnOz1P+PtTANBgkqhkiG9w0BAQUFADBp
... Root Cert...
d8q23djXZbVYiIfE9ebr4g3152BlVCHZ2GyPdjhIuLeH21VbT/dyEHHA
-----END CERTIFICATE-----
```

**TLS12SignatureAlgorithms**: Defines the allowed TLS 1.2 signature algorithms when SSLProvider is set to Internal.This configuration setting specifies the allowed server certificate signature algorithms when [SSLProvider](#sslprovider-property-dropbox-component) is set to *Internal* and [SSLEnabledProtocols](#SSLEnabledProtocols) is set to allow TLS 1.2.

When specified the component will verify that the server certificate signature algorithm is among the values specified in this configuration setting. If the server certificate signature algorithm is unsupported, the component raises an exception.

The format of this value is a comma-separated list of hash-signature combinations. For instance:

```csharp
component.SSLProvider = TCPClientSSLProviders.sslpInternal;
component.Config("SSLEnabledProtocols=3072"); //TLS 1.2
component.Config("TLS12SignatureAlgorithms=sha256-rsa,sha256-dsa,sha1-rsa,sha1-dsa");
```

 The default value for this configuration setting is *sha512-ecdsa,sha512-rsa,sha512-dsa,sha384-ecdsa,sha384-rsa,sha384-dsa,sha256-ecdsa,sha256-rsa,sha256-dsa,sha224-ecdsa,sha224-rsa,sha224-dsa,sha1-ecdsa,sha1-rsa,sha1-dsa*.

To not restrict the server's certificate signature algorithm, specify an empty string as the value for this configuration setting, which will cause the signature_algorithms TLS 1.2 extension to not be sent.

**TLS12SupportedGroups**: The supported groups for ECC.This configuration setting specifies a comma-separated list of named groups used in TLS 1.2 for ECC.

The default value is *ecdhe_secp256r1,ecdhe_secp384r1,ecdhe_secp521r1*.

When using TLS 1.2 and [SSLProvider](#sslprovider-property-dropbox-component) is set to *Internal*, the values refer to the supported groups for ECC. The following values are supported:

- "ecdhe_secp256r1" (default)
- "ecdhe_secp384r1" (default)
- "ecdhe_secp521r1" (default)

**TLS13KeyShareGroups**: The groups for which to pregenerate key shares.This configuration setting specifies a comma-separated list of named groups used in TLS 1.3 for key exchange. The groups specified here will have key share data pregenerated locally before establishing a connection. This can prevent an additional roundtrip during the handshake if the group is supported by the server.

The default value is set to balance common supported groups and the computational resources required to generate key shares. As a result, only some groups are included by default in this configuration setting.

NOTE: All supported groups can always be used during the handshake even if not listed here, but if a group is used that is not present in this list, it will incur an additional roundtrip and time to generate the key share for that group.

In most cases, this configuration setting does not need to be modified. This should be modified only if there is a specific reason to do so.

The default value is *ecdhe_x25519,ecdhe_secp256r1,ecdhe_secp384r1,ffdhe_2048,ffdhe_3072*

The values are ordered from most preferred to least preferred. The following values are supported:

- "ecdhe_x25519" (default)
- "ecdhe_x448"
- "ecdhe_secp256r1" (default)
- "ecdhe_secp384r1" (default)
- "ecdhe_secp521r1"
- "ffdhe_2048" (default)
- "ffdhe_3072" (default)
- "ffdhe_4096"
- "ffdhe_6144"
- "ffdhe_8192"

**TLS13SignatureAlgorithms**: The allowed certificate signature algorithms.This configuration setting holds a comma-separated list of allowed signature algorithms. Possible values include the following:

- "ed25519" (default)
- "ed448" (default)
- "ecdsa_secp256r1_sha256" (default)
- "ecdsa_secp384r1_sha384" (default)
- "ecdsa_secp521r1_sha512" (default)
- "rsa_pkcs1_sha256" (default)
- "rsa_pkcs1_sha384" (default)
- "rsa_pkcs1_sha512" (default)
- "rsa_pss_sha256" (default)
- "rsa_pss_sha384" (default)
- "rsa_pss_sha512" (default)

 The default value is *rsa_pss_sha256,rsa_pss_sha384,rsa_pss_sha512,rsa_pkcs1_sha256,rsa_pkcs1_sha384,rsa_pkcs1_sha512,ecdsa_secp256r1_sha256,ecdsa_secp384r1_sha384,ecdsa_secp521r1_sha512,ed25519,ed448*. This configuration setting is applicable only when [SSLEnabledProtocols](#SSLEnabledProtocols) includes TLS 1.3.

**TLS13SupportedGroups**: The supported groups for (EC)DHE key exchange.This configuration setting specifies a comma-separated list of named groups used in TLS 1.3 for key exchange. This configuration setting should be modified only if there is a specific reason to do so.

The default value is *ecdhe_x25519,ecdhe_x448,ecdhe_secp256r1,ecdhe_secp384r1,ecdhe_secp521r1,ffdhe_2048,ffdhe_3072,ffdhe_4096,ffdhe_6144,ffdhe_8192,mlkem_512,mlkem_768,mlkem_1024,x25519_mlkem_768,secp256r1_mlkem_768*

The values are ordered from most preferred to least preferred. The following values are supported:

- "ecdhe_x25519" (default)
- "ecdhe_x448" (default)
- "ecdhe_secp256r1" (default)
- "ecdhe_secp384r1" (default)
- "ecdhe_secp521r1" (default)
- "ffdhe_2048" (default)
- "ffdhe_3072" (default)
- "ffdhe_4096" (default)
- "ffdhe_6144" (default)
- "ffdhe_8192" (default)
- "mlkem_512" (default)
- "mlkem_768" (default)
- "mlkem_1024" (default)
- "x25519_mlkem_768" (default)
- "secp256r1_mlkem_768" (default)

Post-quantum algorithms (*mlkem_512,mlkem_768,mlkem_1024,x25519_mlkem_768,secp256r1_mlkem_768*) in our components rely on the operating system's underlying cryptographic primitives. The following platforms are currently supported:

-  Windows Server 2025
-  Windows 11 24H2
-  Windows 11 25H2

### Socket Config Settings

**AbsoluteTimeout**: Determines whether timeouts are inactivity timeouts or absolute timeouts.If [AbsoluteTimeout](#AbsoluteTimeout) is set to True, any method that does not complete within [Timeout](#timeout-property-dropbox-component) seconds will be aborted. By default, *AbsoluteTimeout* is False, and the timeout is an inactivity timeout.

NOTE: This option is not valid for User Datagram Protocol (UDP) ports.

**FirewallData**: Used to send extra data to the firewall.When the firewall is a tunneling proxy, use this property to send custom (additional) headers to the firewall (e.g., headers for custom authentication schemes).

**InBufferSize**: The size in bytes of the incoming queue of the socket.This is the size of an internal queue in the Transmission Control Protocol (TCP)/IP stack. You can increase or decrease its size depending on the amount of data that you will be receiving. In some cases, increasing the value of the *InBufferSize* setting can provide significant improvements in performance.

Some TCP/IP implementations do not support variable buffer sizes. If that is the case, when the component is activated the *InBufferSize* reverts to its defined size. The same happens if you attempt to make it too large or too small.

**OutBufferSize**: The size in bytes of the outgoing queue of the socket.This is the size of an internal queue in the TCP/IP stack. You can increase or decrease its size depending on the amount of data that you will be sending. In some cases, increasing the value of the *OutBufferSize* setting can provide significant improvements in performance.

Some TCP/IP implementations do not support variable buffer sizes. If that is the case, when the component is activated the *OutBufferSize* reverts to its defined size. The same happens if you attempt to make it too large or too small.

### Base Config Settings

**BuildInfo**: Information about the product's build.When queried, this setting will return a string containing information about the product's build.

**CodePage**: The system code page used for Unicode to Multibyte translations.The default code page is Unicode UTF-8 (65001).

The following is a list of valid code page identifiers:

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| Identifier | Name |
| 037 | IBM EBCDIC - U.S./Canada |
| 437 | OEM - United States |
| 500 | IBM EBCDIC - International |
| 708 | Arabic - ASMO 708 |
| 709 | Arabic - ASMO 449+, BCON V4 |
| 710 | Arabic - Transparent Arabic |
| 720 | Arabic - Transparent ASMO |
| 737 | OEM - Greek (formerly 437G) |
| 775 | OEM - Baltic |
| 850 | OEM - Multilingual Latin I |
| 852 | OEM - Latin II |
| 855 | OEM - Cyrillic (primarily Russian) |
| 857 | OEM - Turkish |
| 858 | OEM - Multilingual Latin I + Euro symbol |
| 860 | OEM - Portuguese |
| 861 | OEM - Icelandic |
| 862 | OEM - Hebrew |
| 863 | OEM - Canadian-French |
| 864 | OEM - Arabic |
| 865 | OEM - Nordic |
| 866 | OEM - Russian |
| 869 | OEM - Modern Greek |
| 870 | IBM EBCDIC - Multilingual/ROECE (Latin-2) |
| 874 | ANSI/OEM - Thai (same as 28605, ISO 8859-15) |
| 875 | IBM EBCDIC - Modern Greek |
| 932 | ANSI/OEM - Japanese, Shift-JIS |
| 936 | ANSI/OEM - Simplified Chinese (PRC, Singapore) |
| 949 | ANSI/OEM - Korean (Unified Hangul Code) |
| 950 | ANSI/OEM - Traditional Chinese (Taiwan; Hong Kong SAR, PRC) |
| 1026 | IBM EBCDIC - Turkish (Latin-5) |
| 1047 | IBM EBCDIC - Latin 1/Open System |
| 1140 | IBM EBCDIC - U.S./Canada (037 + Euro symbol) |
| 1141 | IBM EBCDIC - Germany (20273 + Euro symbol) |
| 1142 | IBM EBCDIC - Denmark/Norway (20277 + Euro symbol) |
| 1143 | IBM EBCDIC - Finland/Sweden (20278 + Euro symbol) |
| 1144 | IBM EBCDIC - Italy (20280 + Euro symbol) |
| 1145 | IBM EBCDIC - Latin America/Spain (20284 + Euro symbol) |
| 1146 | IBM EBCDIC - United Kingdom (20285 + Euro symbol) |
| 1147 | IBM EBCDIC - France (20297 + Euro symbol) |
| 1148 | IBM EBCDIC - International (500 + Euro symbol) |
| 1149 | IBM EBCDIC - Icelandic (20871 + Euro symbol) |
| 1200 | Unicode UCS-2 Little-Endian (BMP of ISO 10646) |
| 1201 | Unicode UCS-2 Big-Endian |
| 1250 | ANSI - Central European |
| 1251 | ANSI - Cyrillic |
| 1252 | ANSI - Latin I |
| 1253 | ANSI - Greek |
| 1254 | ANSI - Turkish |
| 1255 | ANSI - Hebrew |
| 1256 | ANSI - Arabic |
| 1257 | ANSI - Baltic |
| 1258 | ANSI/OEM - Vietnamese |
| 1361 | Korean (Johab) |
| 10000 | MAC - Roman |
| 10001 | MAC - Japanese |
| 10002 | MAC - Traditional Chinese (Big5) |
| 10003 | MAC - Korean |
| 10004 | MAC - Arabic |
| 10005 | MAC - Hebrew |
| 10006 | MAC - Greek I |
| 10007 | MAC - Cyrillic |
| 10008 | MAC - Simplified Chinese (GB 2312) |
| 10010 | MAC - Romania |
| 10017 | MAC - Ukraine |
| 10021 | MAC - Thai |
| 10029 | MAC - Latin II |
| 10079 | MAC - Icelandic |
| 10081 | MAC - Turkish |
| 10082 | MAC - Croatia |
| 12000 | Unicode UCS-4 Little-Endian |
| 12001 | Unicode UCS-4 Big-Endian |
| 20000 | CNS - Taiwan |
| 20001 | TCA - Taiwan |
| 20002 | Eten - Taiwan |
| 20003 | IBM5550 - Taiwan |
| 20004 | TeleText - Taiwan |
| 20005 | Wang - Taiwan |
| 20105 | IA5 IRV International Alphabet No. 5 (7-bit) |
| 20106 | IA5 German (7-bit) |
| 20107 | IA5 Swedish (7-bit) |
| 20108 | IA5 Norwegian (7-bit) |
| 20127 | US-ASCII (7-bit) |
| 20261 | T.61 |
| 20269 | ISO 6937 Non-Spacing Accent |
| 20273 | IBM EBCDIC - Germany |
| 20277 | IBM EBCDIC - Denmark/Norway |
| 20278 | IBM EBCDIC - Finland/Sweden |
| 20280 | IBM EBCDIC - Italy |
| 20284 | IBM EBCDIC - Latin America/Spain |
| 20285 | IBM EBCDIC - United Kingdom |
| 20290 | IBM EBCDIC - Japanese Katakana Extended |
| 20297 | IBM EBCDIC - France |
| 20420 | IBM EBCDIC - Arabic |
| 20423 | IBM EBCDIC - Greek |
| 20424 | IBM EBCDIC - Hebrew |
| 20833 | IBM EBCDIC - Korean Extended |
| 20838 | IBM EBCDIC - Thai |
| 20866 | Russian - KOI8-R |
| 20871 | IBM EBCDIC - Icelandic |
| 20880 | IBM EBCDIC - Cyrillic (Russian) |
| 20905 | IBM EBCDIC - Turkish |
| 20924 | IBM EBCDIC - Latin-1/Open System (1047 + Euro symbol) |
| 20932 | JIS X 0208-1990 & 0121-1990 |
| 20936 | Simplified Chinese (GB2312) |
| 21025 | IBM EBCDIC - Cyrillic (Serbian, Bulgarian) |
| 21027 | Extended Alpha Lowercase |
| 21866 | Ukrainian (KOI8-U) |
| 28591 | ISO 8859-1 Latin I |
| 28592 | ISO 8859-2 Central Europe |
| 28593 | ISO 8859-3 Latin 3 |
| 28594 | ISO 8859-4 Baltic |
| 28595 | ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic |
| 28596 | ISO 8859-6 Arabic |
| 28597 | ISO 8859-7 Greek |
| 28598 | ISO 8859-8 Hebrew |
| 28599 | ISO 8859-9 Latin 5 |
| 28605 | ISO 8859-15 Latin 9 |
| 29001 | Europa 3 |
| 38598 | ISO 8859-8 Hebrew |
| 50220 | ISO 2022 Japanese with no halfwidth Katakana |
| 50221 | ISO 2022 Japanese with halfwidth Katakana |
| 50222 | ISO 2022 Japanese JIS X 0201-1989 |
| 50225 | ISO 2022 Korean |
| 50227 | ISO 2022 Simplified Chinese |
| 50229 | ISO 2022 Traditional Chinese |
| 50930 | Japanese (Katakana) Extended |
| 50931 | US/Canada and Japanese |
| 50933 | Korean Extended and Korean |
| 50935 | Simplified Chinese Extended and Simplified Chinese |
| 50936 | Simplified Chinese |
| 50937 | US/Canada and Traditional Chinese |
| 50939 | Japanese (Latin) Extended and Japanese |
| 51932 | EUC - Japanese |
| 51936 | EUC - Simplified Chinese |
| 51949 | EUC - Korean |
| 51950 | EUC - Traditional Chinese |
| 52936 | HZ-GB2312 Simplified Chinese |
| 54936 | Windows XP: GB18030 Simplified Chinese (4 Byte) |
| 57002 | ISCII Devanagari |
| 57003 | ISCII Bengali |
| 57004 | ISCII Tamil |
| 57005 | ISCII Telugu |
| 57006 | ISCII Assamese |
| 57007 | ISCII Oriya |
| 57008 | ISCII Kannada |
| 57009 | ISCII Malayalam |
| 57010 | ISCII Gujarati |
| 57011 | ISCII Punjabi |
| 65000 | Unicode UTF-7 |
| 65001 | Unicode UTF-8 |

 The following is a list of valid code page identifiers for Mac OS only:

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| Identifier | Name |
| 1 | ASCII |
| 2 | NEXTSTEP |
| 3 | JapaneseEUC |
| 4 | UTF8 |
| 5 | ISOLatin1 |
| 6 | Symbol |
| 7 | NonLossyASCII |
| 8 | ShiftJIS |
| 9 | ISOLatin2 |
| 10 | Unicode |
| 11 | WindowsCP1251 |
| 12 | WindowsCP1252 |
| 13 | WindowsCP1253 |
| 14 | WindowsCP1254 |
| 15 | WindowsCP1250 |
| 21 | ISO2022JP |
| 30 | MacOSRoman |
| 10 | UTF16String |
| 0x90000100 | UTF16BigEndian |
| 0x94000100 | UTF16LittleEndian |
| 0x8c000100 | UTF32String |
| 0x98000100 | UTF32BigEndian |
| 0x9c000100 | UTF32LittleEndian |
| 65536 | Proprietary |

**LicenseInfo**: Information about the current license.When queried, this setting will return a string containing information about the license this instance of a component is using. It will return the following information:

- Product: The product the license is for.
- Product Key: The key the license was generated from.
- License Source: Where the license was found (e.g., RuntimeLicense, License File).
- License Type: The type of license installed (e.g., Royalty Free, Single Server).
- Last Valid Build: The last valid build number for which the license will work.

**MaskSensitiveData**: Whether sensitive data is masked in log messages.In certain circumstances it may be beneficial to mask sensitive data, like passwords, in log messages. Set this to *true* to mask sensitive data. The default is *true*.

**UseFIPSCompliantAPI**: Tells the component whether or not to use FIPS certified APIs.When set to *true*, the component will utilize the underlying operating system's certified APIs. Java editions, regardless of OS, utilize Bouncy Castle Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS), while all other Windows editions make use of Microsoft security libraries.

FIPS mode can be enabled by setting the *UseFIPSCompliantAPI* configuration setting to *true*. This is a static setting that applies to all instances of all components of the toolkit within the process. It is recommended to enable or disable this setting once before the component has been used to establish a connection. Enabling FIPS while an instance of the component is active and connected may result in unexpected behavior.

For more details, please see the [FIPS 140-2 Compliance](https://www.nsoftware.com/kb/articles/fips.rst) article.

NOTE: This setting is applicable only on Windows.

NOTE: Enabling FIPS compliance requires a special license; please contact [sales@nsoftware.com](mailto:sales@nsoftware.com) for details.

**UseInternalSecurityAPI**: Whether or not to use the system security libraries or an internal implementation. When set to *false*, the component will use the system security libraries by default to perform cryptographic functions where applicable.

Setting this configuration setting to *true* tells the component to use the internal implementation instead of using the system security libraries.

 This setting is set to *false* by default on all platforms.

# Trappable Errors ([Dropbox](#dropbox-component) Component)

### Common Errors

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| 600 | A server error occurred, and/or the component was unable to process the server's response. Please refer to the error message for more information. |
| 601 | An unsupported operation or action was attempted. |
| 602 | The [RawRequest](#RawRequest) or [RawResponse](#RawResponse) configuration setting was queried without first setting the TransferredRequest configuration setting to ON. |
| 603 | The login credentials specified were invalid. Please refer to the error message for more information. |
| 604 | An invalid remote resource identifier (i.e., a name, path, Id, etc.) was specified. |
| 605 | An invalid index was specified. |
| 606 | An upload was aborted by the user before it could finish. |
| 607 | The specified resource is a folder and cannot be downloaded. |
| 608 | A download failed because the specified [LocalFile](#localfile-property-dropbox-component) already exists and [Overwrite](#overwrite-property-dropbox-component) is false. |
| 609 | The component could not resume a download or upload. Please refer to the error message for more information. |
| 610 | An encrypted download could not be resumed because the [DownloadTempFile](#DownloadTempFile) configuration setting is not set. |
| 611 | An exception occurred while working with the specified [LocalFile](#localfile-property-dropbox-component) (or the current value of [LocalFile](#localfile-property-dropbox-component) is invalid). Please refer to the error message for more information. |
| 612 | An exception occurred while working with the specified upload or download stream. Please refer to the error message for more information. |

The component may also return one of the following error codes, which are inherited from other components.

### HTTP Errors

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| 118 | Firewall error. The error description contains the detailed message. |
| 143 | Busy executing current method. |
| 151 | HTTP protocol error. The error message has the server response. |
| 152 | No server specified in URL. |
| 153 | Specified URLScheme is invalid. |
| 155 | Range operation is not supported by server. |
| 156 | Invalid cookie index (out of range). |
| 301 | Interrupted. |
| 302 | Cannot open AttachedFile. |

The component may also return one of the following error codes, which are inherited from other components.

### TCPClient Errors

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| 100 | You cannot change the RemotePort at this time. A connection is in progress. |
| 101 | You cannot change the RemoteHost (Server) at this time. A connection is in progress. |
| 102 | The RemoteHost address is invalid (0.0.0.0). |
| 104 | Already connected. If you want to reconnect, close the current connection first. |
| 106 | You cannot change the LocalPort at this time. A connection is in progress. |
| 107 | You cannot change the [LocalHost](#localhost-property-dropbox-component) at this time. A connection is in progress. |
| 112 | You cannot change [MaxLineLength](#MaxLineLength) at this time. A connection is in progress. |
| 116 | RemotePort cannot be zero. Please specify a valid service port number. |
| 117 | You cannot change the UseConnection option while the component is active. |
| 135 | Operation would block. |
| 201 | Timeout. |
| 211 | Action impossible in control's present state. |
| 212 | Action impossible while not connected. |
| 213 | Action impossible while listening. |
| 301 | Timeout. |
| 302 | Could not open file. |
| 434 | Unable to convert string to selected CodePage. |
| 1105 | Already connecting. If you want to reconnect, close the current connection first. |
| 1117 | You need to connect first. |
| 1119 | You cannot change the LocalHost at this time. A connection is in progress. |
| 1120 | Connection dropped by remote host. |

### SSL Errors

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| 270 | Cannot load specified security library. |
| 271 | Cannot open certificate store. |
| 272 | Cannot find specified certificate. |
| 273 | Cannot acquire security credentials. |
| 274 | Cannot find certificate chain. |
| 275 | Cannot verify certificate chain. |
| 276 | Error during handshake. |
| 280 | Error verifying certificate. |
| 281 | Could not find client certificate. |
| 282 | Could not find server certificate. |
| 283 | Error encrypting data. |
| 284 | Error decrypting data. |

### TCP/IP Errors

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| 10004 | [10004] Interrupted system call. |
| 10009 | [10009] Bad file number. |
| 10013 | [10013] Access denied. |
| 10014 | [10014] Bad address. |
| 10022 | [10022] Invalid argument. |
| 10024 | [10024] Too many open files. |
| 10035 | [10035] Operation would block. |
| 10036 | [10036] Operation now in progress. |
| 10037 | [10037] Operation already in progress. |
| 10038 | [10038] Socket operation on nonsocket. |
| 10039 | [10039] Destination address required. |
| 10040 | [10040] Message is too long. |
| 10041 | [10041] Protocol wrong type for socket. |
| 10042 | [10042] Bad protocol option. |
| 10043 | [10043] Protocol is not supported. |
| 10044 | [10044] Socket type is not supported. |
| 10045 | [10045] Operation is not supported on socket. |
| 10046 | [10046] Protocol family is not supported. |
| 10047 | [10047] Address family is not supported by protocol family. |
| 10048 | [10048] Address already in use. |
| 10049 | [10049] Cannot assign requested address. |
| 10050 | [10050] Network is down. |
| 10051 | [10051] Network is unreachable. |
| 10052 | [10052] Net dropped connection or reset. |
| 10053 | [10053] Software caused connection abort. |
| 10054 | [10054] Connection reset by peer. |
| 10055 | [10055] No buffer space available. |
| 10056 | [10056] Socket is already connected. |
| 10057 | [10057] Socket is not connected. |
| 10058 | [10058] Cannot send after socket shutdown. |
| 10059 | [10059] Too many references, cannot splice. |
| 10060 | [10060] Connection timed out. |
| 10061 | [10061] Connection refused. |
| 10062 | [10062] Too many levels of symbolic links. |
| 10063 | [10063] File name is too long. |
| 10064 | [10064] Host is down. |
| 10065 | [10065] No route to host. |
| 10066 | [10066] Directory is not empty |
| 10067 | [10067] Too many processes. |
| 10068 | [10068] Too many users. |
| 10069 | [10069] Disc Quota Exceeded. |
| 10070 | [10070] Stale NFS file handle. |
| 10071 | [10071] Too many levels of remote in path. |
| 10091 | [10091] Network subsystem is unavailable. |
| 10092 | [10092] WINSOCK DLL Version out of range. |
| 10093 | [10093] Winsock is not loaded yet. |
| 11001 | [11001] Host not found. |
| 11002 | [11002] Nonauthoritative 'Host not found' (try again or check DNS setup). |
| 11003 | [11003] Nonrecoverable errors: FORMERR, REFUSED, NOTIMP. |
| 11004 | [11004] Valid name, no data record (check DNS setup). |